Onshore Oil and Gas Operations; Federal and Indian Oil and Gas Leases; Codification of Onshore Orders 1, 2, 6, and 7, 39514-39566 [2023-11742]
Download as PDF
39514
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Bureau of Land Management
43 CFR Part 3170
[BLM_HQ_FRN_MO4500171611]
RIN 1004–AE90
Onshore Oil and Gas Operations;
Federal and Indian Oil and Gas Leases;
Codification of Onshore Orders 1, 2, 6,
and 7
Bureau of Land Management,
Interior.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
This final rule codifies
Onshore Order 1—Approval of
Operations; Onshore Order 2—Drilling
Operations on Federal and Indian Oil
and Gas Leases; Onshore Order 6—
Hydrogen Sulfide Operations; and
Onshore Order 7—Disposal of Produced
Water. This rule places the existing
regulations, which were promulgated
over the years through various notice
and comment rulemakings but not
codified in the Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR), into the CFR in their
entirety without making any substantive
changes.
DATES: This final rule is effective on
June 16, 2023.
The incorporation by reference of
certain publications listed in the rule is
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register as of June 16, 2023.
ADDRESSES: You may send inquiries or
suggestions to Director (630), Bureau of
Land Management, 1849 C St. NW,
Room 5646, Washington, DC 20240;
Attention: RIN 1004–AE86.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Matthew Warren, Acting Chief, Division
of Fluid Minerals, 505–216–8832,
mwarren@blm.gov; or Faith Bremner,
Regulatory Analyst, Division of
Regulatory Affairs, fbremner@blm.gov.
Individuals in the United States who are
deaf, blind, hard of hearing, or have a
speech disability may dial 711 (TTY,
TDD, or TeleBraille) to access
telecommunications relay services for
contacting Mr. Warren. Individuals
outside the United States should use the
relay services offered within their
country to make international calls to
the point-of-contact in the United
States.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Background
The Bureau of Land Management’s
(BLM) regulations at 43 CFR part 3160
authorize the agency to issue onshore
oil and gas orders to ‘‘implement and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
supplement’’ the oil and gas operations
regulations in part 3160. See 43 CFR
3164.1. The Onshore Orders apply
nationwide to all Federal onshore and
Indian (except the Osage Nation) oil and
gas leases and are documents of general
applicability and legal effect. All the
Onshore Orders were published in the
Federal Register and adopted through
prior notice-and-comment rulemaking,
but were never codified in the CFR.
Beginning in 1983, the BLM issued
and revised a total of seven Onshore
Orders. The four Orders that are the
subject of this final rule were published
and revised as follows:
Onshore Order 1—Approval of
Operations, published October 21, 1983
(48 FR 48916); revised March 7, 2007
(72 FR 10308), and January 10, 2017 (82
FR 2906). This Onshore Order
supplements regulations at 43 CFR
3162.3, Conduct of operations, and
§ 3162.5, Environment and safety.
Onshore Order 2—Drilling Operations
on Federal and Indian Oil and Gas
Leases, published November 18, 1988
(53 FR 46798); revised September 27,
1989 (54 FR 39528); and January 27,
1992 (57 FR 3023). This Onshore Order
supplements regulations at: 43 CFR
3162.3–1, Drilling applications and
plans; 3162.3–4, Well abandonment;
3162.4–1, Well records and reports;
3162.4–2, Samples, tests, and surveys;
3162.5–1, Environmental obligations;
3162.5–2, Control of wells; 3162.5–3,
Safety precautions.
Onshore Order 6—Hydrogen Sulfide
Operations, published November 23,
1990 (55 FR 48958); revised January 17,
1992 (57 FR 2039 and 57 FR 2136); and
February 12, 1992 (57 FR 5211). This
Onshore Order supplements regulations
at: 43 CFR 3162.1, General
requirements; 3162.5–1, Environmental
obligations; 3162.5–2, Control of wells;
and 3162.5–3, Safety precautions.
Onshore Order 7—Disposal of
Produced Water, published September
8, 1993 (58 FR 47354); revised
November 2, 1993 (58 FR 58505). This
Onshore Order supplements the
regulations at 43 CFR 3162.5–1,
Environmental obligations.
Several years ago, the Office of the
Federal Register (OFR) informed the
BLM that it would no longer allow the
BLM to revise the existing Onshore
Orders unless the agency codified the
Orders in the CFR. The OFR cited as its
justification the Federal Register Act (44
U.S.C. 1510), which requires documents
of general applicability and legal effect
to be codified in the CFR.
As a result, when the BLM made
major revisions to three of the Onshore
Orders in 2016, it codified the Orders in
the CFR after publishing proposed and
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
final rules for each. Those three
Onshore Orders were: Onshore Order
3—Site Security; Onshore Order 4—
Measurement of Oil; and Onshore Order
5—Measurement of Gas.1
This final rule codifies the remaining
four Onshore Orders without making
any substantive changes to their
content. The only changes made to the
four Onshore Orders pertain to
formatting, such as adding new section
and paragraph designations, so that the
Orders conform to the OFR’s Document
Drafting Handbook requirements. This
final codification rule also includes a
new section at 43 CFR 3176.11 to reflect
the incorporation by reference (IBR)
requirements of the Office of the Federal
Register consistent with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)
and 1 CFR part 51. The IBR section does
not alter the substance of the Onshore
Orders themselves.
All of the materials that the BLM is
incorporating by reference are available
for inspection at all BLM offices with
jurisdiction over oil and gas activities.
Contact the BLM at: Office of Energy,
Minerals, and Realty Management, 1849
C Street Northwest, Washington, DC
20240; telephone 202–208–3801; email
Ben Gruber at begruber@blm.gov;
website www.blm.gov/programs/energyand-minerals/oil-and-gas.
The American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) materials should be
available for inspection at ANSI, 25
West 43rd St, 4th floor, New York., NY
10036; telephone: 212–642–4980; email:
info@ansi.org; website: www.ansi.org. If
the ANSI material is not available from
document resellers, contact the BLM to
obtain a copy.
The American Petroleum Institute
(API) materials are available for
inspection and purchase at API, 200
Massachusetts Avenue NW, Suite 1100,
Washington, DC 20001; telephone: 202–
682–8000; email: apipubs@api.org;
website: www.api.org. API also offers
free, read-only access to some of the
material at https://publications.api.org.
The material published by the
Association for Materials Protection and
Performance (AMPP), formerly known
as NACE International, is available from
AMPP, 15835 Park Ten Place, Houston,
TX 77084; telephone: 1–800–797–6223;
website: www.ampp.org.
1 On November 17, 2016, the BLM published in
the Federal Register three final rules: (1) ‘‘Onshore
Oil and Gas Operations; Federal and Indian Oil and
Gas Leases; Site Security’’ (81 FR 81365), codified
at 43 CFR part 3170, subparts 3170 and 3173; (2)
‘‘Onshore Oil and Gas Operations; Federal and
Indian Oil and Gas Leases; Measurement of Oil’’ (81
FR 81462), codified at 43 CFR part 3170, subpart
3174; and (3) ‘‘Onshore Oil and Gas Operations;
Federal and Indian Oil and Gas Leases;
Measurement of Gas’’ (81 FR 81516), codified at 43
CFR part 3170, subpart 3175.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
The following describes the ANSI,
API, and AMPP standards that the BLM
is incorporating by reference into this
rule.
• ANSI Standard Z88.2–1992 for
Respiratory Protection, Approved
August 6, 1992 (‘‘ANSI Z88.2–1992’’).
This standard sets forth accepted
practices for respirator users. It provides
information and guidance on the proper
selection, use, and care of respirators,
and contains requirements for
establishing and regulating respirator
programs.
• API Recommended Practice 49—
Recommended Practice for Drilling and
Well Servicing Operations Involving
Hydrogen Sulfide; Third Edition, May
2001; Reaffirmed, January 2013 (‘‘API
RP 49’’). These recommendations apply
to oil and gas well drilling and servicing
operations that involve hydrogen
sulfide, including well drilling,
completion, servicing, workover,
downhole maintenance, and plug and
abandonment procedures conducted
with hydrogen sulfide present in the
fluids being handled.
• ANSI/NACE MR0175–2021/ISO
15156–1:2020; Petroleum and natural
gas industries—Materials for use in H2Scontaining environments in oil and gas
production; Part 1: General principles
for selection of cracking-resistant
materials; Fourth Edition, Approved
September 21, 2022 (‘‘NACE MR 0175–
2021’’). This standard provides
requirements and recommendations for
the selection and qualification of
metallic minerals for service in
equipment used in oil and gas
production and in natural-gas
sweetening plants in H2S-containing
environments.
The BLM may consider making
substantive changes to the four Onshore
Orders in the future but would do so
through notice and comment
rulemakings. This final rule to codify
the remaining Onshore Orders is a
proactive measure to facilitate future
amendments. Because these four
Onshore Orders were duly promulgated
through prior notice-and-comment
rulemakings, and this final rule does not
change them, it is appropriate that the
BLM codify the orders in the CFR as a
final rule without any further public
comment.
II. Discussion of Final Rule
This final rule codifies existing
Onshore Orders 1, 2, 6, and 7 in their
entirety. Oil and gas operators have
been following these regulations for
many years. They are not new. Only the
section and paragraph designations have
been changed to conform with CFR style
requirements. Technical diagrams and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
figures that are a part of the four existing
Onshore Orders are included in this
final rule as appendices.
The four Onshore Orders will now be
located in 43 CFR part 3170—Onshore
Oil and Gas Production. The Onshore
Order 1 regulations will appear under
subpart 3171—Approval of Operations;
Onshore Order 2 under subpart 3172—
Drilling Operations on Federal and
Indian Oil and Gas Leases; Onshore
Order 6 under subpart 3176—Hydrogen
Sulfide Operations; and Onshore Order
7 under subpart 3177—Disposal of
Produced Water.
Subpart 3171 describes the procedure
for filing Applications for Permit to Drill
and required approvals of subsequent
well operations and other lease
operations. Subpart 3172 provides the
requirements and standards for drilling
and abandonment operations. Subpart
3176 provides the requirements and
standards for conducting oil and gas
operations in an environment known or
expected to contain hydrogen sulfide
gas (H2S). Subpart 3177 provides the
methods and approvals necessary to
dispose of produced water associated
with oil and gas operations.
Subparts 3172, 3176, and 3177
identify violations, corrective actions,
normal abatement periods, and
enforcement actions that may result if
violations of the associated
requirements are not abated in a timely
manner.
This rule removes the table located in
43 CFR 3164.1 that lists the four
Onshore Orders that are being codified
in this regulation. Since the Onshore
Orders will now be contained in title 43
of the CFR, this table is no longer valid.
III. Procedural Matters
Regulatory Planning and Review
(Executive Order 12866)
This document is not a significant
rule, and the Office of Management and
Budget has not reviewed this final rule
under Executive Order 12866.
The BLM has determined that this
final rule will not have an annual effect
on the economy of $100 million or
more. It will not adversely affect in a
material way the economy, a sector of
the economy, productivity, competition,
jobs, the environment, public health or
safety, or State, local, or tribal
governments or communities. The final
rule merely codifies into the CFR
regulations that are already in effect.
This final rule will not create
inconsistencies or otherwise interfere
with an action taken or planned by
another agency. This rule does not
change the relationships of the onshore
minerals programs with other agencies’
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39515
actions. These relationships are
included in agreements and memoranda
of understanding that will not change
with this rule.
In addition, this final rule does not
materially affect the budgetary impact of
entitlements, grants, or loan programs,
or the rights and obligations of their
recipients.
Finally, this final rule will not raise
novel legal or policy issues. As
explained earlier, this final rule simply
places into the CFR regulations that
have been in effect for many years, some
dating back to 1983.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act
This final rule will not have a
significant economic effect on a
substantial number of small entities as
defined under the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.). As a result,
a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is not
required. The Small Business
Administration defines small entities as
individual, limited partnerships, or
small companies considered to be at
arm’s length from the control of any
parent companies if they meet the
following size requirements as
established for each North American
Industry Classification System (NAICS)
code:
• Crude Petroleum Extraction (NAICS
code 211120): 1,250 or fewer employees
• Natural Gas Extraction (NAICS code
211130): 1,250 or fewer employees
The Small Business Administration
(SBA) would consider many, if not
most, of the operators with whom the
BLM works in the onshore minerals
programs to be small entities. The BLM
notes that this final rule does not affect
service industries, for which the SBA
has a different definition of ‘‘small
entity.’’
The final rule will not affect a large
number of small entities because these
entities are already subject to, and
should be complying with, the
regulations. This rule merely codifies
regulations that have been in effect for
many years.
The Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act
This final rule is not a ‘‘major rule’’
as defined at 5 U.S.C. 804(2). The final
rule will not have an annual effect on
the economy greater than $100 million;
it will not result in major cost or price
increases for consumers, industries,
government agencies, or regions; and it
will not have significant adverse effects
on competition, employment,
investment, productivity, innovation, or
the ability of U.S.-based enterprises to
compete with foreign-based enterprises.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39516
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Accordingly, a Small Entity Compliance
Guide is not required.
Civil Justice Reform (Executive Order
12988)
codifies regulations that have been in
effect for many years.
Executive Order 13132, Federalism
In accordance with Executive Order
12988, the BLM finds that this final rule
will not unduly burden the judicial
system and meets the requirements of
sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of the Executive
order.
Delegation of Signing Authority
The action taken herein is pursuant to
an existing delegation of authority.
This final rule will not have a
substantial direct effect on the States, on
the relationship between the National
Government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government. In accordance
with Executive Order 13132, the BLM
therefore finds that the final rule does
not have federalism implications, and a
federalism assessment is not required.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
The Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
(44 U.S.C. 3501–3521) generally
provides that an agency may not
conduct or sponsor, and not
withstanding any other provision of
law, a person is not required to respond
to a collection of information, unless it
displays a currently valid Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) control
number. Collections of information
include any request or requirement that
persons obtain, maintain, retain, or
report information to an agency, or
disclose information to a third party or
to the public (44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5
CFR 1320.3(c)). OMB has generally
approved the information collection
requirements contained in this final
rule; including the required forms 3160–
3, Application for Permit to Drill or Reenter, 3160–4, Well Completion or
Recompletion Report and Log, and
3160–5, Sundry Notices and Reports on
Wells, under OMB control number
1004–0137.
The information collection
requirements contained in final 43 CFR
parts 3171, 3172, 3176, and 3177 are
consistent with those also currently
contained in the BLM’s regulations at 43
CFR parts 3160 and 3170 and the
existing Onshore Order Nos. 1, 2, 6, and
7. This final rule does not change any
of these approved information
collection requirements nor the public
burdens associated with those
information collection requirements;
therefore, no information collection
request has been submitted to OMB in
association with this final rule.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
Takings Implication Assessment
(Executive Order 12630)
As required by Executive Order
12630, the BLM has determined that
this final rule will not cause a taking of
private property. The BLM therefore
certifies that this final rule does not
represent a governmental action capable
of interference with constitutionally
protected property rights.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
The National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
The BLM has determined that this
final rule qualifies as an administrative,
housekeeping action that is categorically
excluded from environmental review
under NEPA pursuant to 43 CFR 46.205
and 46.210(i). The final rule does not
meet any of the 12 criteria for
exceptions to categorical exclusions
listed at 43 CFR 46.215. Therefore,
neither an environmental assessment
nor an environmental impact statement
is required in connection with the rule
(40 CFR 1501.3).
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
1995
The BLM has determined that this
final rule is not significant under the
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
1995, 2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq., because it
will not result in State, local, private
sector, or tribal government
expenditures of $100 million or more in
any one year, 2 U.S.C. 1532. This rule
will not significantly or uniquely affect
small governments. Therefore, the BLM
is not required to prepare a statement
containing the information required by
the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act.
Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments (Executive
Order 13175)
In accordance with Executive Order
13175, the BLM has determined that
this final rule does not include policies
that have tribal implications.
Specifically, the rule would not have
substantial direct effects on one or more
Indian Tribes. Consequently, the BLM
did not use the consultation process set
forth in section 5 of the Executive order.
Information Quality Act
In developing this final rule, the BLM
did not conduct or use a study,
experiment, or survey requiring peer
review under the Information Quality
Act (Pub. L. 106–554).
Effects on the Nation’s Energy Supply
(Executive Order 13211)
In accordance with Executive Order
13211, the BLM has determined that
this final rule will not have a significant
adverse effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy. It merely
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
List of Subjects in 43 CFR Part 3170
Administrative practice and
procedure, Disposal of produced water,
Drilling operations, Flaring,
Government contracts, Hydrogen sulfide
operations, Incorporation by reference,
Indians-lands, Immediate assessments,
Mineral royalties, Oil and gas
exploration, Oil and gas measurement,
Public lands—mineral resources,
Reporting and record keeping
requirements, Royalty-free use, Venting.
Laura Daniel-Davis,
Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary, Land
and Minerals Management.
43 CFR Chapter II
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, the Bureau of Land
Management is amending 43 CFR part
3170 as follows:
PART 3170—ONSHORE OIL AND GAS
PRODUCTION
1. The authority citation for part 3170
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 25 U.S.C. 396d and 2107; 30
U.S.C. 189, 306, 359, and 1751; and 43 U.S.C.
1732(b), 1733, and 1740.
2. Add subparts 3171 and 3172 to read
as follows:
■
Subpart 3171—Approval of Operations
Sec.
3171.1 Authority.
3171.2 Purpose.
3171.3 Scope.
3171.4 Definitions.
3171.5 Application for Permit to Drill
(APD).
3171.6 Components of a complete APD
package.
3171.7 Drilling plan.
3171.8 Surface Use Plan of Operations.
3171.9 Bonding.
3171.10 Operator certification.
3171.11 Onsite inspection.
3171.12 APD posting and processing.
3171.13 Approval of APDs.
3171.14 Valid period of approved APD.
3171.15 Master Development Plans.
3171.16 Waiver from electronic submission
requirements.
3171.17 General operating requirements—
operator responsibilities.
3171.18 Rights-of-Way and Special Use
Authorizations.
3171.19 Operating on lands with nonFederal surface and Federal oil and gas.
3171.20 Leases for Indian oil and gas.
3171.21 Subsequent operations and Sundry
Notices.
3171.22 Well conversions.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
3171.23 Variances.
3171.24 Waivers, exceptions, or
modifications.
3171.25 Abandonment.
3171.26 Appeal procedures.
Appendix A to Subpart 3171—Sample
Format for Notice of Staking
§ 3171.1
Authority.
(a) The Secretaries of the Interior and
Agriculture have authority under
various Federal and Indian mineral
leasing laws, as defined in 30 U.S.C.
1702, to manage oil and gas operations.
The Secretary of the Interior has
delegated this authority to the Bureau of
Land Management (BLM), which has
issued onshore oil and gas operating
regulations codified at 43 CFR part
3160. For leases on Indian lands, the
delegation to the BLM appears at 25
CFR parts 211, 212, 213, 225, and 227.
(b) The Secretary of Agriculture has
authority under the Federal Onshore Oil
and Gas Leasing Reform Act of 1987
(Pub. L. 100–203) (Reform Act) to
regulate surface disturbing activities
conducted pursuant to a Federal oil and
gas lease on National Forest Service
(NFS) lands. This authority has been
delegated to the Forest Service (FS). Its
regulatory authority is at 36 CFR chapter
II, including, but not limited to, part
228, subpart E, part 251, subpart B, and
part 261. The FS is responsible only for
approving and regulating surface
disturbing activities on NFS lands and
appeals related to FS decisions or
approvals.
§ 3171.2
Purpose.
The purpose of this subpart is to state
the application requirements for the
approval of all proposed oil and gas and
service wells, certain subsequent well
operations, and abandonment.
§ 3171.3
Scope.
This subpart applies to all onshore
leases of Federal and Indian oil and gas
(other than those of the Osage Tribe). It
also applies to Indian Mineral
Development Act agreements. For
proposed operations on a committed
State or fee tract in a federally
supervised unit or communitized tract,
the operator must furnish a copy of the
approved State permit to the authorized
officer of the BLM which will be
accepted for record purposes.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3171.4
Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the following
definitions apply:
Best Management Practices (BMP)
means practices that provide for stateof-the-art mitigation of specific impacts
that result from surface operations. Best
Management Practices are voluntary
unless they have been analyzed as a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
mitigation measure in the
environmental review for a Master
Development Plan, Application for
Permit to Drill (APD), Right-of-Way, or
other related facility and included as a
Condition of Approval.
Blooie line means a discharge line
used in conjunction with a rotating head
in drilling operations when air or gas is
used as the circulating medium.
Casual use means activities involving
practices that do not ordinarily lead to
any appreciable disturbance or damage
to lands, resources, or improvements.
This term does not apply to private
surface. Casual use includes surveying
activities.
Complete APD means that the
information in the APD package is
accurate and addresses all of the
requirements of this subpart. The onsite
inspection verifies important
information that is part of the APD
package and is a critical step in
determining if the package is complete.
Therefore, the onsite inspection must be
conducted, and any deficiencies
identified at the onsite corrected, before
the APD package can be considered to
be complete. While cultural, biological,
or other inventories and environmental
assessments (EA) or environmental
impact statements (EIS) may be required
to approve the APD, they are not
required before an APD package is
considered to be complete.
(1) The APD package must contain:
(i) A completed Form 3160–3
(Application for Permit to Drill or
Reenter) (see 43 CFR 3162.3–1(d));
(ii) A well plat certified by a
registered surveyor with a surveyor’s
original stamp (see § 3171.6(b));
(iii) A drilling plan (see 43 CFR
3162.3–1(d) and 3171.7);
(iv) A Surface Use Plan of Operations
(see 43 CFR 3162.3–1(d) and 3171.8);
(v) Evidence of bond coverage (see 43
CFR 3162.3–1(d) and 3171.9);
(vi) Operator certification with
original signature (see § 3171.10); and
(vii) Other information that may be
required by order or notice (see 43 CFR
3162.3–1(d)(4)).
(2) The BLM and the surface
managing agency, as appropriate, will
review the APD package and determine
that the drilling plan, the Surface Use
Plan of Operations, and other
information that the BLM may require
(43 CFR 3162.3–1(d)(4)), including the
well location plat and geospatial
databases, completely describe the
proposed action.
Condition of Approval (COA) means a
site-specific requirement included in an
approved APD or Sundry Notice that
may limit or amend the specific actions
proposed by the operator. Conditions of
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39517
Approval minimize, mitigate, or prevent
impacts to public lands or other
resources. Best Management Practices
may be incorporated as a Condition of
Approval.
Days means all calendar days
including holidays.
Emergency repairs means actions
necessary to correct an unforeseen
problem that could cause or threaten
immediate substantial adverse impact
on public health and safety or the
environment.
Geospatial database means a set of
georeferenced computer data that
contains both spatial and attribute data.
The spatial data defines the geometry of
the object and the attribute data defines
all other characteristics.
Indian lands means any lands or
interest in lands of an Indian tribe or an
Indian allottee held in trust by the
United States or which is subject to a
Federal restriction against alienation.
Indian oil and gas means any oil and
gas interest of an Indian tribe or on
allotted lands where the interest is held
in trust by the United States or is subject
to Federal restrictions against
alienation. It does not include minerals
subject to the provisions of section 3 of
the Act of June 28, 1906 (34 Stat. 539),
but does include oil and gas on lands
administered by the United States under
section 14(g) of Public Law 92–203, as
amended.
Master Development Plan means
information common to multiple
planned wells, including drilling plans,
Surface Use Plans of Operations, and
plans for future production.
National Forest System lands means
those Federal lands administered by the
U.S. Forest Service, such as the National
Forests and the National Grasslands.
Onsite inspection means an
inspection of the proposed drill pad,
access road, flowline route, and any
associated Right-of-Way or Special Use
Authorization needed for support
facilities, conducted before the approval
of the APD or Surface Use Plan of
Operations and construction activities.
Private surface owner means a nonFederal or non-State owner of the
surface estate and includes any Indian
owner of surface estate not held in trust
by the United States.
Reclamation means returning
disturbed land as near to its
predisturbed condition as is reasonably
practical.
Split estate means lands where the
surface is owned by an entity or person
other than the owner of the Federal or
Indian oil and gas.
Surface managing agency means any
Federal or State agency having
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39518
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
jurisdiction over the surface overlying
Federal or Indian oil and gas.
Variance means an approved
alternative to a provision or standard of
an order or Notice to Lessee.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3171.5
(APD).
Application for Permit to Drill
An Application for Permit to Drill or
Reenter, on Form 3160–3, is required for
each proposed well, and for reentry of
existing wells (including disposal and
service wells), to develop an onshore
lease for Federal or Indian oil and gas.
(a) Where to file. On or after March 13,
2017, the operator must file an APD and
associated documents using the BLM’s
electronic commerce application for oil
and gas permitting and reporting. The
operator may contact the local BLM
Field Office for information on how to
gain access to the electronic commerce
application. Prior to March 13, 2017, an
operator may file an APD and associated
documents in the BLM Field Office
having jurisdiction over the application.
(b) Early notification. The operator
may wish to contact the BLM and any
applicable surface managing agency, as
well as all private surface owners, to
request an initial planning conference as
soon as the operator has identified a
potential area of development. Early
notification is voluntary and would
precede the Notice of Staking option or
filing of an APD. It allows the involved
surface managing agency or private
surface owner to apprise the prospective
operator of any unusual conditions on
the lease area. Early notification also
provides both the surface managing
agency or private surface owner and the
prospective operator with the earliest
possible identification of seasonal
restrictions and determination of
potential areas of conflict. The
prospective operator should have a map
of the proposed project available for
surface managing agency review to
determine if a cultural or biological
inventory or other information may be
required. Inventories are not the
responsibility of the operator.
(c) Notice of Staking option. (1) Before
filing an APD or Master Development
Plan, the operator may file a Notice of
Staking with the BLM. The purpose of
the Notice of Staking is to provide the
operator with an opportunity to gather
information to better address sitespecific resource concerns while
preparing the APD package. This may
expedite approval of the APD. On or
after March 13, 2017, if an operator
chooses to file a Notice of Staking
(NOS), the operator must file the NOS
using the BLM’s electronic commerce
application for oil and gas permitting
and reporting. Attachment I, Sample
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Format for Notice of Staking, provides
the information required for the Notice
of Staking option. Prior to March 13,
2017, an operator may file a Notice of
Staking in the BLM Field Office having
jurisdiction.
(2) For Federal lands managed by
other surface managing agencies, the
BLM will provide a copy of the Notice
of Staking to the appropriate surface
managing agency office. In Alaska,
when a subsistence stipulation is part of
the lease, the operator must also send a
copy of the Notice of Staking to the
appropriate Borough and/or Native
Regional or Village Corporation.
(3) Within 10 days of receiving the
Notice of Staking, the BLM or the FS
will review it for required information
and schedule a date for the onsite
inspection. The onsite inspection will
be conducted as soon as weather and
other conditions permit. The operator
must stake the proposed drill pad and
ancillary facilities, and flag new or
reconstructed access routes, before the
onsite inspection. The staking must
include a center stake for the proposed
well, two reference stakes, and a flagged
access road centerline. Staking activities
are considered casual use unless the
particular activity is likely to cause
more than negligible disturbance or
damage. Offroad vehicular use for the
purposes of staking is casual use unless,
in a particular case, it is likely to cause
more than negligible disturbance or
damage, or otherwise prohibited.
(4) On non-NFS lands, the BLM will
invite the surface managing agency and
private surface owner, if applicable, to
participate in the onsite inspection. If
the surface is privately owned, the
operator must furnish to the BLM the
name, address, and telephone number of
the surface owner if known. All parties
who attend the onsite inspection will
jointly develop a list of resource
concerns that the operator must address
in the APD. The operator will be
provided a list of these concerns either
during the onsite inspection or within 7
days of the onsite inspection. Surface
owner concerns will be considered to
the extent practical within the law.
Failure to submit an APD within 60
days of the onsite inspection will result
in the Notice of Staking being returned
to the operator.
§ 3171.6 Components of a complete APD
package.
Operators are encouraged to consider
and incorporate Best Management
Practices into their APDs because Best
Management Practices can result in
reduced processing times and reduced
number of Conditions of Approval. An
APD package must include the
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
following information that will be
reviewed by technical specialists of the
appropriate agencies to determine the
technical adequacy of the package:
(a) A completed Form 3160–3; and
(b) Operators must include in the APD
package a well plat and geospatial
database prepared by a registered
surveyor depicting the proposed
location of the well and identifying the
points of control and datum used to
establish the section lines or metes and
bounds. The purpose of this plat is to
ensure that operations are within the
boundaries of the lease or agreement
and that the depiction of these
operations is accurately recorded both
as to location (latitude and longitude)
and in relation to the surrounding lease
or agreement boundaries (public land
survey corner and boundary ties). The
registered surveyor should coordinate
with the cadastral survey division of the
appropriate BLM State Office,
particularly where the lands have not
been surveyed under the Public Land
Survey System.
(1) The plat and geospatial database
must describe the location of operations
in:
(i) Geographical coordinates
referenced to the National Spatial
Reference System, North American
Datum 1983 or latest edition; and
(ii) In feet and direction from the
nearest two adjacent section lines, or, if
not within the Rectangular Survey
System, the nearest two adjacent
property lines, generated from the
BLM’s current Geographic Coordinate
Data Base.
(2) The surveyor who prepared the
plat must sign it, certifying that the
location has been staked on the ground
as shown on the plat.
(3) Surveying and staking are
necessary casual uses, typically
involving negligible surface disturbance.
The operator is responsible for making
access arrangements with the
appropriate surface managing agency
(other than the BLM and the FS) or
private surface owner. On tribal or
allotted lands, the operator must contact
the appropriate office of the Bureau of
Indian Affairs (BIA) to make access
arrangements with the Indian surface
owners. In the event that not all of the
Indian owners consent or may be
located, but a majority of those who can
be located consent, or the owners of
interests are so numerous that it would
be impracticable to obtain their consent
and the BIA finds that the issuance of
the APD will cause no substantive
injury to the land or any owner thereof,
the BIA may approve access. Typical
off-road vehicular use, when conducted
in conjunction with these activities, is a
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
necessary action for obtaining a permit
and may be done without advance
approval from the surface managing
agency, except for:
(i) Lands administered by the
Department of Defense;
(ii) Other lands used for military
purposes;
(iii) Indian lands; or
(iv) Where more than negligible
surface disturbance is likely to occur or
is otherwise prohibited.
(4) No entry on split estate lands for
surveying and staking should occur
without the operator first making a good
faith effort to notify the surface owner.
Also, operators are encouraged to notify
the BLM or the FS, as appropriate,
before entering private lands to stake for
Federal mineral estate locations.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3171.7
Drilling plan.
With each copy of Form 3160–3, the
operator must submit to the BLM either
a drilling plan or reference a previously
submitted field-wide drilling plan (a
drilling plan that can be used for all the
wells in a field, any differences for
specific wells will be described in the
APD specific to that well). The drilling
plans must be in sufficient detail to
permit a complete appraisal of the
technical adequacy of, and
environmental effects associated with,
the proposed project. The drilling plan
must adhere to the provisions and
standards of subpart 3172 of this part
and, if applicable, subpart 3176 of this
part and must include the following
information:
(a) Names and estimated tops of all
geologic groups, formations, members,
or zones.
(b) Estimated depth and thickness of
formations, members, or zones
potentially containing usable water, oil,
gas, or prospectively valuable deposits
of other minerals that the operator
expects to encounter, and the operator’s
plans for protecting such resources.
(c) The operator’s minimum
specifications for blowout prevention
equipment and diverter systems to be
used, including size, pressure rating,
configuration, and the testing procedure
and frequency. Blowout prevention
equipment must meet the minimum
standards outlined in subpart 3172 of
this part.
(d) The operator’s proposed casing
program, including size, grade, weight,
type of thread and coupling, the setting
depth of each string, and its condition.
The operator must include the
minimum design criteria, including
casing loading assumptions and
corresponding safety factors for burst,
collapse, and tensions (body yield and
joint strength). The operator must also
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
include the lengths and setting depth of
each casing when a tapered casing string
is proposed. The hole size for each well
bore section of hole drilled must be
included. Special casing designs such as
the use of coiled tubing or expandable
casing may necessitate additional
information.
(e) The estimated amount and type(s)
of cement expected to be used in the
setting of each casing string. If stage
cementing will be used, provide the
setting depth of the stage tool(s) and
amount and type of cement, including
additives, to be used for each stage.
Provide the yield of each cement slurry
and the expected top of cement, with
excess, for each cemented string or
stage.
(f) Type and characteristics of the
proposed circulating medium or
mediums proposed for the drilling of
each well bore section, the quantities
and types of mud and weighting
material to be maintained, and the
monitoring equipment to be used on the
circulating system. The operator must
submit the following information when
air or gas drilling is proposed:
(1) Length, size, and location of the
blooie line, including the gas ignition
and dust suppression systems;
(2) Location and capacity of the
compressor equipment, including safety
devices, describe the distance from the
well bore, and location within the drill
site; and
(3) Anticipated amounts, types, and
other characteristics as defined in this
section, of the stand by mud or kill fluid
and associated circulating equipment.
(g) The testing, logging, and coring
procedures proposed, including drill
stem testing procedures, equipment, and
safety measures.
(h) The expected bottom-hole
pressure and any anticipated abnormal
pressures, temperatures, or potential
hazards that the operator expects to
encounter, such as lost circulation and
hydrogen sulfide (see subpart 3176 of
this part). A description of the
operator’s plans for mitigating such
hazards must be included.
(i) Any other facets of the proposed
operation that the operator would like
the BLM to consider in reviewing the
application. Examples include, but are
not limited to:
(1) For directional wells, proposed
directional design, plan view, and
vertical section in true vertical and
measured depths;
(2) Horizontal drilling; and
(3) Coil tubing operations.
§ 3171.8
Surface Use Plan of Operations.
(a) The Surface Use Plan of
Operations must:
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39519
(1) Describe the access road(s) and
drill pad, the construction methods that
the operator plans to use, and the
proposed means for containment and
disposal of all waste materials;
(2) Provide for safe operations,
adequate protection of surface
resources, groundwater, and other
environmental components;
(3) Include adequate measures for
stabilization and reclamation of
disturbed lands:
(4) Describe any Best Management
Practices the operator plans to use; and
(5) Where the surface is privately
owned, include a certification of Surface
Access Agreement or an adequate bond,
as described in § 3171.19.
(b) All maps that are included in the
Surface Use Plan of Operations must be
of a scale no smaller than 1:24,000,
unless otherwise stated in paragraph (e)
of this section. Geospatial vector and
raster data must include appropriate
attributes and metadata. Georeferenced
raster images must be from the same
source as hardcopy plats and maps
submitted in the APD package. All
proposed on-lease surface disturbance
must be surveyed and staked as
described in paragraphs (e)(1) through
(12) of this section, including:
(1) The well location;
(2) Two 200-foot (61-meter)
directional reference stakes;
(3) The exterior pad dimensions;
(4) The reserve pit;
(5) Cuts and fills;
(6) Outer limits of the area to be
disturbed (catch points); and
(7) Any off-location facilities.
(c) Proposed new roads require
centerline flagging with stakes clearly
visible from one to the next. In rugged
terrain, cut and fill staking and/or slope
staking of proposed new access roads
and locations for ancillary facilities that
may be necessary, as determined by the
BLM or the FS.
(d) The onsite inspection will not
occur until the required surveying and
staking is complete, and any new access
road(s) have been flagged, unless a
variance is first granted under § 3171.23.
(e) Information required by the
Surface Use Plan of Operations may be
shown on the same map if it is
appropriately labeled or on separate
diagrams or maps and must include the
following:
(1) Existing roads. The operator must
submit a legible map such as a highway
or county road, United States Geological
Survey (USGS) topographic, Alaska
Borough, or other such map that shows
the proposed well site and access route
to the proposed well in relation to a
town, village, or other locatable public
access point.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
39520
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(i) The operator must improve or
maintain existing roads in a condition
the same as or better than before
operations began. The operator must
provide any plans for improvement and/
or maintenance of existing roads. The
information provided by the operator for
construction and use of roads will be
used by the BLM for any Right-of-Way
application, as described in § 3171.18.
The operator may use existing terrain
and two-track trails, where appropriate,
to assure environmental protection. The
operator should consider using Best
Management Practices in improving or
maintaining existing roads.
(ii) The operator may use existing
roads under the jurisdiction of the FS
for access if they meet the transportation
objectives of the FS. When access
involves the use of existing roads, the
FS may require that the operator
contribute to road maintenance. This is
usually authorized by a Road Use
Permit or a joint road use agreement.
The FS will charge the operator a pro
rata share of the costs of road
maintenance and improvement, based
upon the anticipated use of the road.
(2) New or reconstructed access roads.
The operator must identify on a map all
permanent and temporary access roads
that it plans to construct or reconstruct
in connection with the drilling of the
proposed well. Locations of all existing
and proposed road structures (culverts,
bridges, low water crossings, etc.) must
be shown. The proposed route to the
proposed drill site must be shown,
including distances from the point
where the access route exits established
roads. All permanent and temporary
access roads must be located and
designed to meet the applicable
standards of the appropriate surface
managing agency, and be consistent
with the needs of the operator. The
operator should consider using Best
Management Practices in designing and
constructing roads. The operator must
design roads based upon the class or
type of road, the safety requirements,
traffic characteristics, environmental
conditions, and the vehicles the road is
expected to carry. The operator must
describe for all road construction or
reconstruction:
(i) Road width;
(ii) Maximum grade;
(iii) Crown design;
(iv) Turnouts;
(v) Drainage and ditch design;
(vi) On-site and off-site erosion
control;
(vii) Revegetation of disturbed areas;
(viii) Location and size of culverts
and/or bridges;
(ix) Fence cuts and/or cattleguards;
(x) Major cuts and fills;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
(xi) Source and storage of topsoil; and
(xii) Type of surfacing materials, if
any, that will be used.
(3) Location of existing wells. The
operator must include a map and may
include a geospatial database that
includes all known wells, regardless of
the well status (producing, abandoned,
etc.), within a one-mile radius of the
proposed location.
(4) Location of existing and/or
proposed production facilities. The
operator must include a map or diagram
of facilities planned either on or off the
well pad that shows, to the extent
known or anticipated, the location of all
production facilities and lines likely to
be installed if the well is successfully
completed for production.
(i) The map or diagram and optional
geospatial database must show and
differentiate between proposed and
existing flow lines, overhead and buried
power lines, and water lines. If facilities
will be located on the well pad, the
information should be consistent with
the layout provided in paragraph (e)(9)
of this section.
(ii) The operator must show the
dimensions of the facility layouts for all
new construction. This information may
be used by the BLM or the FS for Rightof-Way or Special Use Authorization
application information, as specified in
§ 3171.18.
(iii) If the operator has not developed
information regarding production
facilities, it may defer submission of
that information until a production well
is completed, in which case the operator
will follow the procedures in § 3171.21.
However, for purposes of the National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
analysis, the BLM or the FS will need
a reasonable estimate of the facilities to
be employed.
(5) Location and types of water
supply. Information concerning water
supply, such as rivers, creeks, springs,
lakes, ponds, and wells, may be shown
by quarter-quarter section on a map or
plat, or may be described in writing.
The operator must identify the source,
access route, and transportation method
for all water anticipated for use in
drilling the proposed well. The operator
must describe any newly constructed or
reconstructed access roads crossing
Federal or Indian lands that are needed
to haul the water as provided in
paragraph (e)(2) of this section. The
operator must indicate if it plans to drill
a water supply well on the lease and, if
so, the operator must describe the
location, construction details, and
expected production requirements,
including a description of how water
will be transported and procedures for
well abandonment.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(6) Construction materials. The
operator must state the character and
intended use of all construction
materials, such as sand, gravel, stone,
and soil material. The proposed source
must be shown on a quarter-quarter
section of a map or plat or in a written
description.
(7) Methods for handling waste. The
Surface Use Plan of Operations must
contain a written description of the
methods and locations proposed for safe
containment and disposal of each type
of waste material (e.g., cuttings, garbage,
salts, chemicals, sewage, etc.) that
results from drilling the proposed well.
The narrative must include plans for the
eventual disposal of drilling fluids and
any produced oil or water recovered
during testing operations. The operator
must describe plans for the construction
and lining, if necessary, of the reserve
pit.
(8) Ancillary facilities. The operator
must identify on a map the location and
construction methods and materials for
all anticipated ancillary facilities such
as camps, airstrips, and staging areas.
The operator must stake on the ground
the approximate center of proposed
camps and the centerline of airstrips. If
the ancillary facilities are located offlease, depending on surface managing
agency policy, the BLM or the FS may
require the operator to obtain an
additional authorization, such as a
Right-of-Way or Special Use
Authorization.
(9) Well site layout. A diagram of the
well site layout must have an arrow
indicating the north direction. Diagrams
with cuts and fills must be surveyed,
designed, drawn, digitized, and certified
by licensed professional surveyors or
engineers.
(i) The operator must submit a plat of
a scale of not less than 1 inch = 50 feet
showing the location and orientation of:
(A) The proposed drill pad;
(B) Reserve pit/blooie line/flare pit
location;
(C) Access road entry points and their
approximate location with respect to
topographic features and with cross
section diagrams of the drill pad; and
(D) The reserve pit showing all cuts;
and fills and the relation to topography.
(ii) The plat must also include the
approximate proposed location and
orientation of the:
(A) Drilling rig;
(B) Dikes and ditches to be
constructed; and
(C) Topsoil and/or spoil material
stockpiles.
(10) Plans for surface reclamation.
The operator must submit a plan for the
surface reclamation or stabilization of
all disturbed areas. This plan must
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
address interim (during production)
reclamation for the area of the well pad
not needed for production, as well as
final abandonment of the well location.
(i) Such plans must include, as
appropriate:
(A) Configuration of the reshaped
topography;
(B) Drainage systems;
(C) Segregation of spoil materials
(stockpiles);
(D) Surface disturbances;
(E) Backfill requirements;
(F) Proposals for pit/sump closures;
(G) Redistribution of topsoil;
(H) Soil treatments;
(I) Seeding or other steps to
reestablish vegetation;
(J) Weed control; and
(K) Practices necessary to reclaim all
disturbed areas, including any access
roads and pipelines.
(ii) The operator may amend this
reclamation plan at the time of
abandonment. Further details for
reclamation are contained in § 3171.25.
(11) Surface ownership. The operator
must indicate (in a narrative) the surface
ownership at the well location, and of
all lands crossed by roads that the
operator plans to construct or upgrade,
including, if known, the name of the
agency or owner, phone number, and
address. The operator must certify that
they have provided a copy of the
Surface Use Plan of Operations required
in this section to the private surface
owner of the well site location, if
applicable, or that they made a good
faith effort if unable to provide the
document to the surface owner.
(12) Other information. The operator
must include other information required
by applicable orders and notices (43
CFR 3162.3–1(d)(4)). When an
integrated pest management program is
needed for weed or insect control, the
operator must coordinate plans with
State or local management agencies and
include the pest management program
in the Surface Use Plan of Operations.
The BLM also encourages the operator
to submit any additional information
that may be helpful in processing the
application.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3171.9
Bonding.
(a) Most bonding needs for oil and gas
operations on Federal leases are
discussed in 43 CFR part 3100, subpart
3104. The operator must obtain a bond
in its own name as principal, or a bond
in the name of the lessee or sublessee.
If the operator uses the lessee or
sublessee’s bond, the operator must
furnish a rider (consent of surety and
principal) that includes the operator
under the coverage of the bond. The
operator must specify on the APD, Form
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
3160–3, the type of bond and bond
number under which the operations will
be conducted.
(1) For Indian oil and gas, the
appropriate provisions at 25 CFR
chapter I, subchapter I, govern bonding.
(2) Under the regulations at 43 CFR
3104.5 and 36 CFR 228.109, the BLM or
the FS may require additional bond
coverage for specific APDs. Other
factors that the BLM or the FS may
consider include:
(i) History of previous violations;
(ii) Location and depth of wells;
(iii) The total number of wells
involved;
(iv) The age and production capability
of the field; and
(v) Unique environmental issues.
(3) These bonds may be in addition to
any statewide, nationwide, or separate
lease bond already applicable to the
lease. In determining the bond amount,
the BLM may consider impacts of
activities on both Federal and nonFederal lands required to develop the
lease that impact lands, waters, and
other resources off the lease.
(4) Separate bonds may be required
for associated Rights-of-Way and/or
Special Use Authorizations that
authorize activities not covered by the
approved APD.
(b) On Federal leases, operators may
request a phased release of an
individual lease bond. The BLM will
grant this reduction after reclamation of
some portion of the lease only if the
operator:
(1) Has satisfied the terms and
conditions in the plan for surface
reclamation for that particular
operation; and
(2) No longer has any down-hole
liability.
(c) If appropriate, the BLM may
reduce the bond in the amount
requested by the operator or appropriate
surface managing agency. The FS also
may reduce bonds it requires (but not
the BLM-required bonds). The BLM and
the FS will base the amount of the bond
reduction on a calculation of the sum
that is sufficient to cover the remaining
operations (including royalty payments)
and abandonment (including
reclamation) as authorized by the
Surface Use Plan of Operations.
§ 3171.10
Operator certification.
(a) The operator must include its
name, address, and telephone number,
and the same information for its field
representative, in the APD package.
(b) The following certification must
carry the operator’s original signature or
be submitted to the BLM using the
BLM’s electronic reporting system:
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39521
I hereby certify that I, or someone under
my direct supervision, have inspected the
drill site and access route proposed herein;
that I am familiar with the conditions which
currently exist; that I have full knowledge of
state and Federal laws applicable to this
operation; that the statements made in this
APD package are, to the best of my
knowledge, true and correct; and that the
work associated with the operations
proposed herein will be performed in
conformity with this APD package and the
terms and conditions under which it is
approved. I also certify that I, or the company
I represent, am responsible for the operations
conducted under this application. These
statements are subject to the provisions of 18
U.S.C. 1001 for the filing of false statements.
Executed this l day of lll, 20ll.
Name llllllllllllllllll
Position
llllllllllllllll
Title llllllllllllllllll
Address
llllllllllllllll
Telephone lllllllllllllll
Field representative (if not above signatory)
Address (if different from above) lllll
Telephone (if different from above) llll
Email (optional) lllllllllllll
(c) Agents not directly employed by
the operator must submit a letter from
the operator authorizing that agent to act
or file this application on their behalf.
§ 3171.11
Onsite inspection.
The onsite inspection must be
conducted before the APD will be
considered complete.
§ 3171.12
APD posting and processing.
(a) Posting. The BLM and the Federal
surface managing agency, if other than
the BLM, must provide at least 30 days
public notice before the BLM may
approve an APD or Master Development
Plan on a Federal oil and gas lease.
Posting is not required for an APD for
an Indian oil and gas lease or agreement.
(1) The BLM will post information
about the APD or Notice of Staking for
Federal oil and gas leases to the internet
and in an area of the BLM Field Office
having jurisdiction that is readily
accessible to the public. Posting to the
internet under this provision will not be
required until after March 13, 2017. If
the surface is managed by a Federal
agency other than the BLM, that agency
also is required to post the notice for at
least 30 days. This would include the
BIA where the surface is held in trust
but the mineral estate is federally
owned. The posting is for informational
purposes only and is not an appealable
decision. The purpose of the posting is
to give any interested party notification
that a Federal approval of mineral
operations has been requested. The BLM
or the FS will not post confidential
information.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
39522
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Reposting of the proposal may be
necessary if the posted location of the
proposed well is:
(i) Moved to a different quarterquarter section;
(ii) Moved more than 660 feet for
lands that are not covered by a Public
Land Survey; or
(iii) If the BLM or the FS determine
that the move is substantial.
(b) Processing. The timeframes
established in this paragraph apply to
both individual APDs and to the
multiple APDs included in Master
Development Plans and to leases of
Indian minerals as well as leases of
Federal minerals. If there is enough
information to begin processing the
application, the BLM (and the FS if
applicable) will process it up to the
point that missing information or
uncorrected deficiencies render further
processing impractical or impossible.
(1) Within 10 days of receiving an
application, the BLM (in consultation
with the FS if the application concerns
NFS lands) will notify the operator as to
whether or not the application is
complete. The BLM will request
additional information and correction of
any material submitted, if necessary, in
the 10-day notification. If an onsite
inspection has not been performed, the
applicant will be notified that the
application is not complete. Within 10
days of receiving the application, the
BLM, in coordination with the operator
and surface managing agency, including
the private surface owner in the case of
split estate minerals, will schedule a
date for the onsite inspection (unless the
onsite inspection has already been
conducted as part of a Notice of
Staking). The onsite inspection will be
held as soon as practicable based on
participants’ schedules and weather
conditions. The operator will be notified
at the onsite inspection of any
additional deficiencies that are
discovered during the inspection. The
operator has 45 days after receiving
notice from the BLM to provide any
additional information necessary to
complete the APD, or the APD may be
returned to the operator.
(2) Within 30 days after the operator
has submitted a complete application,
including incorporating any changes
that resulted from the onsite inspection,
the BLM will:
(i) Approve the application, subject to
reasonable Conditions of Approval, if
the appropriate requirements of the
NEPA, National Historic Preservation
Act, Endangered Species Act, and other
applicable law have been met and, if on
NFS lands, the FS has approved the
Surface Use Plan of Operations;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
(ii) Notify the operator that it is
deferring action on the permit; or
(iii) Deny the permit if it cannot be
approved and the BLM cannot identify
any actions that the operator could take
that would enable the BLM to issue the
permit or the FS to approve the Surface
Use Plan of Operations, if applicable.
(3) The notice of deferral in paragraph
(b)(2)(ii) of this section must specify:
(i) Any action the operator could take
that would enable the BLM (in
consultation with the FS if applicable)
to issue a final decision on the
application. The FS will notify the
applicant of any action the applicant
could take that would enable the FS to
issue a final decision on the Surface Use
Plan of Operations on NFS lands.
Actions may include, but are not limited
to, assistance with:
(A) Data gathering; and
(B) Preparing analyses and
documents.
(ii) If applicable, a list of actions that
the BLM or the FS need to take before
making a final decision on the
application, including appropriate
analysis under NEPA or other
applicable law and a schedule for
completing these actions.
(4) The operator has 2 years from the
date of the notice under paragraph
(b)(3)(i) of this section to take the action
specified in the notice. If the
appropriate analyses required by NEPA,
National Historic Preservation Act,
Endangered Species Act, and other
applicable laws have been completed,
the BLM (and the FS if applicable), will
make a decision on the permit and the
Surface Use Plan of Operations within
10 days of receiving a report from the
operator addressing all of the issues or
actions specified in the notice under
paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section and
certifying that all required actions have
been taken. If the operator has not
completed the actions specified in the
notice within 2 years from the operator’s
receipt of the notice under paragraph
(b)(3)(i), the BLM will deny the permit.
(5) For APDs on NFS lands, the
decision to approve a Surface Use Plan
of Operations or Master Development
Plan may be subject to FS appeal
procedures. The BLM cannot approve
an APD until the appeal of the Surface
Use Plan of Operations is resolved.
§ 3171.13
Approval of APDs.
(a) The BLM has the lead
responsibility for completing the
environmental review process, except in
the case of NFS lands.
(1) The BLM cannot approve an APD
or Master Development Plan until the
requirements of certain other laws and
regulations including NEPA, the
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
National Historic Preservation Act, and
the Endangered Species Act have been
met. The BLM must document that the
needed reviews have been adequately
conducted. In some cases, operators
conduct these reviews, but the BLM
remains responsible for their scope and
content and makes its own evaluation of
the environmental issues, as required by
40 CFR 1506.5(b).
(2) The approved APD will contain
Conditions of Approval that reflect
necessary mitigation measures. In
accordance with 43 CFR 3101.1–2 and
36 CFR 228.107, the BLM or the FS may
require reasonable mitigation measures
to ensure that the proposed operations
minimize adverse impacts to other
resources, uses, and users, consistent
with granted lease rights. The BLM will
incorporate any mitigation
requirements, including Best
Management Practices, identified
through the APD review and
appropriate NEPA and related analyses,
as Conditions of Approval to the APD.
(3) The BLM will establish the terms
and Conditions of Approval for any
associated Right-of-Way when the
application is approved.
(b) For NFS lands, the FS will
establish the terms and Conditions of
Approval for both the Surface Use Plan
of Operations and any associated
Surface Use Authorization. On NFS
lands the FS has principal responsibility
for compliance with NEPA, the National
Historic Preservation Act, and the
Endangered Species Act, but the BLM
should be a cooperating or co-lead
agency for this purpose and adopt the
analysis as the basis for its decision.
After the FS notifies the BLM it has
approved a Surface Use Plan of
Operations on NFS lands, the BLM must
approve the APD before the operator
may begin any surface-disturbing
activity.
(c) On Indian lands, BIA has
responsibility for approving Rights-ofWay.
(d) In the case of Indian lands, the
BLM may be a cooperating or co-lead
agency for NEPA compliance or may
adopt the NEPA analysis prepared by
the BIA (516 Department of the Interior
Manual (DM) 3).
§ 3171.14
Valid period of approved APD.
(a) An APD approval is valid for 2
years from the date that it is approved,
or until lease expiration, whichever
occurs first. If the operator submits a
written request before the expiration of
the original approval, the BLM, in
coordination with the FS, as appropriate
may extend the APD’s validity for up to
2 additional years.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(b) The operator is responsible for
reclaiming any surface disturbance that
resulted from its actions, even if a well
was not drilled.
§ 3171.15
Master Development Plans.
(a) An operator may elect to submit a
Master Development Plan addressing
two or more APDs that share a common
drilling plan, Surface Use Plan of
Operations, and plans for future
development and production.
Submitting a Master Development Plan
facilitates early planning, orderly
development, and the cumulative effects
analysis for all the APDs expected to be
drilled by an operator in a developing
field. Approval of a Master
Development Plan serves as approval of
all of the APDs submitted with the Plan.
Processing of a Master Development
Plan follows the procedures in
§ 3171.12(b).
(b) After the Master Development Plan
is approved, subsequent APDs can
reference the Master Development Plan
and be approved using the NEPA
analysis for the Master Development
Plan, absent substantial deviation from
the Master Development Plan
previously analyzed or significant new
information relevant to environmental
effects. Therefore, an approved Master
Development Plan results in timelier
processing of subsequent APDs. Each
subsequent proposed well must have a
survey plat and an APD (Form 3160–3)
that references the Master Development
Plan and any specific variations for that
well.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3171.16 Waiver from electronic
submission requirements.
The operator may request a waiver
from the electronic submission
requirement for an APD or Notice of
Staking if compliance would cause
hardship or the operator is unable to file
these documents electronically. In the
request, the operator must explain the
reason(s) that prevent its use of the
electronic system, plans for complying
with the electronic submission
requirement, and a timeframe for
compliance. If the request applies to a
particular set of APDs or Notices of
Staking, then the request must identify
the APDs or Notices of Staking to which
the waiver applies. The waiver request
is subject to BLM approval. If the
request does not specify a particular set
of APDs or Notices of Staking, then the
waiver will apply to all submissions
made by the operator during the
compliance timeframe included as part
of the BLM’s waiver approval. The BLM
will not consider an APD or Notice of
Staking that the operator did not submit
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
through the electronic system, unless
the BLM approves a waiver.
§ 3171.17 General operating
requirements—operator responsibilities.
(a) In the APD package, the operator
must describe or show, as set forth in
this subpart, the procedures, equipment,
and materials to be used in the proposed
operations. The operator must conduct
operations to minimize adverse effects
to surface and subsurface resources,
prevent unnecessary surface
disturbance, and conform with currently
available technology and practice.
While appropriate compliance with
certain statutes, such as NEPA, the
National Historic Preservation Act, and
the Endangered Species Act, are Federal
responsibilities, the operator may
choose to conduct inventories and
provide documentation to assist the
BLM or the surface managing agency to
meet the requirements of this paragraph
(a). The inventories and other work may
require entering the lease and adjacent
lands before approval of the APD. As in
staking and surveying, the operator
should make a good faith effort to
contact the surface managing agency or
surface owner before entry upon the
lands for these purposes.
(b) The operator cannot commence
either drilling operations or preliminary
construction activities before the BLM’s
approval of the APD. A copy of the
approved APD and any Conditions of
Approval must be available for review at
the drill site. Operators are responsible
for their contractor and subcontractor’s
compliance with the requirements of the
approved APD and/or Surface Use Plan
of Operations. Drilling without approval
or causing surface disturbance without
approval is a violation of 43 CFR
3162.3–1(c) and is subject to a monetary
assessment under 43 CFR 3163.1(b)(2).
(c) The operator must comply with
the provisions of the approved APD and
applicable laws, regulations, and
Notices to Lessees, including, but not
limited to, those that address the issues
described in paragraphs (c)(1) through
(5) of this section.
(1) Cultural and historic resources. If
historic or archaeological materials are
uncovered during construction, the
operator must immediately stop work
that might further disturb such
materials, contact the BLM and if
appropriate, the FS or other surface
managing agency. The BLM or the FS
will inform the operator within 7 days
after the operator contacted the BLM as
to whether the materials appear eligible
for listing on the National Register of
Historic Places.
(i) If the operator decides to relocate
operations to avoid further costs to
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39523
mitigate the site, the operator remains
responsible for recording the location of
any historic or archaeological resource
that are discovered as a result of the
operator’s actions. The operator also is
responsible for stabilizing the exposed
cultural material if the operator created
an unstable condition that must be
addressed immediately. The BLM, the
FS, or other appropriate surface
managing agency will assume
responsibility for evaluation and
determination of significance related to
the historic or archaeological site.
(ii) If the operator does not relocate
operations, the operator is responsible
for mitigation and stabilization costs
and the BLM, the FS, or appropriate
surface managing agency will provide
technical and procedural guidelines for
conducting mitigation. The operator
may resume construction operations
when the BLM or the FS verifies that the
operator has completed the required
mitigation.
(iii) Relocation of activities may
subject the proposal to additional
environmental review. Therefore, if the
presence of such sites is suspected, the
operator may want to submit alternate
locations for advance approval before
starting construction.
(2) Endangered Species Act. To
comply with the Endangered Species
Act, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531 et
seq.), and its implementing regulations
in 50 CFR chapter I, the operator must
conduct all operations such that all
operations avoid a ‘‘take’’ of listed or
proposed threatened or endangered
species and their critical habitats.
(3) Surface protection. Except as
otherwise provided in an approved
Surface Use Plan of Operations, the
operator must not conduct operations in
areas subject to mass soil movement,
riparian areas, floodplains, lakeshores,
and/or wetlands. The operator also must
take measures to minimize or prevent
erosion and sediment production. Such
measures may include, but are not
limited to:
(i) Avoiding steep slopes and
excessive land clearing when siting
structures, facilities, and other
improvements; and
(ii) Temporarily suspending
operations when frozen ground,
thawing, or other weather-related
conditions would cause otherwise
avoidable or excessive impacts.
(4) Safety measures. The operator
must maintain structures, facilities,
improvements, and equipment in a safe
condition in accordance with the
approved APD. The operator must also
take appropriate measures as specified
in Notices to Lessees to protect the
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39524
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
public from any hazardous conditions
resulting from operations.
(i) In the event of an emergency, the
operator may take immediate action
without prior surface managing agency
approval to safeguard life or to prevent
significant environmental degradation.
The BLM or the FS must receive
notification of the emergency situation
and the remedial action taken by the
operator as soon as possible, but not
later than 24 hours after the emergency
occurred. If the emergency only affected
drilling operations and had no surface
impacts, only the BLM must be notified.
(ii) If the emergency involved surface
resources on other surface managing
agency lands, the operator should also
notify the surface managing agency and
private surface owner within 24 hours.
(iii) Upon conclusion of the
emergency, the BLM or the FS, where
appropriate, will review the incident
and take appropriate action.
(5) Completion reports. Within 30
days after the well completion, the
lessee or operator must submit to the
BLM two copies of a completed Form
3160–4, Well Completion or
Recompletion Report and Log. Well logs
may be submitted to the BLM in an
electronic format such as ‘‘.LAS’’
format. Surface and bottom-hole
locations must be in latitude and
longitude.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3171.18 Rights-of-Way and Special Use
Authorizations.
(a) The BLM or the FS will notify the
operator of any additional Rights-ofWay, Special Use Authorizations,
licenses, or other permits that are
needed for roads and support facilities
for drilling or off-lease access, as
appropriate. This notification will
normally occur at the time the operator
submits the APD or Notice of Staking
package, or Sundry Notice, or during the
onsite inspection.
(b) The BLM or the FS, as appropriate,
will approve or accept on-lease
activities that are associated with
actions proposed in the APD or Sundry
Notice and that will occur on the lease
as part of the APD or Sundry Notice.
These actions do not require a Right-ofWay or Special Use Authorization. For
pipeline Rights-of-Way crossing lands
under the jurisdiction of two or more
Federal surface managing agencies,
except lands in the National Park
Service or Indian lands, applications
should be submitted to the BLM. Refer
to 43 CFR parts 2800 and 2880 for
guidance on BLM Rights-of-Way and 36
CFR part 251 for guidance on FS Special
Use Authorizations.
(1) Rights-of-Way (BLM). (i) For BLM
lands, the APD package may serve as the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
supporting document for the Right-ofWay application in lieu of a Right-ofWay plan of development.
(ii) Any additional information
specified in 43 CFR parts 2800 and 2880
will be required in order to process the
Right- of-Way. The BLM will notify the
operator within 10 days of receipt of a
Notice of Staking, APD, or other
notification if any parts of the project
require a Right- of-Way. If a Right-ofWay is needed, the information required
from the operator to approve the Rightof-Way may be submitted by the
operator with the APD package if the
Notice of Staking option has been used.
(2) Special Use Authorizations (FS)
(36 CFR part 251, subpart B). When a
Special Use Authorization is required,
the Surface Use Plan of Operations may
serve as the application for the Special
Use Authorization if the facility for
which a Special Use Authorization is
required is adequately described (see 36
CFR 251.54(d)(ii)). Conditions
regulating the authorized use may be
imposed to protect the public interest,
to ensure compatibility with other NFS
lands programs and activities consistent
with the Forest Land and Resources
Management Plan. A Special Use
Authorization, when related to an APD,
will include terms and conditions (36
CFR 251.56) and may require a specific
reclamation plan or adopt applicable
parts of the Surface Use Plan of
Operations by reference.
§ 3171.19 Operating on lands with nonFederal surface and Federal oil and gas.
(a) The operator must submit the
name, address, and phone number of
the surface owner, if known, in its APD.
The BLM will invite the surface owner
to the onsite inspection to assure that
their concerns are considered. As
provided in the oil and gas lease, the
BLM may request that the applicant
conduct surveys or otherwise provide
information needed for the BLM’s
National Historic Preservation Act
consultation with the State Historic
Preservation Officer or Indian tribe or its
Endangered Species Act consultation
with the relevant fisheries agency. The
Federal mineral lessee has the right to
enter the property for the purpose set
out in the preceding sentence, since it
is a necessary prerequisite to
development of the dominant mineral
estate. Nevertheless, the lessee or
operator should seek to reach agreement
with the surface owner about the time
and method by which any survey would
be conducted.
(b) Likewise, in the case of actual oil
and gas operations, the operator must
make a good faith effort to notify the
private surface owner before entry and
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
make a good faith effort to obtain a
Surface Access Agreement from the
surface owner. This section also applies
to lands with Indian trust surface and
Federal minerals. In these cases, the
operator must make a good faith effort
to obtain surface access agreement with
the tribe in the case of tribally owned
surface, otherwise with the majority of
the Indian surface owners who can be
located with the assistance and
concurrence of the BIA. The Surface
Access Agreement may include terms or
conditions of use, be a waiver, or an
agreement for compensation. The
operator must certify to the BLM that:
(1) It made a good faith effort to notify
the surface owner before entry; and
(2) That an agreement with the surface
owner has been reached or that a good
faith effort to reach an agreement failed.
If no agreement was reached with the
surface owner, the operator must submit
an adequate bond (minimum of $1,000)
to the BLM for the benefit of the surface
owner sufficient to:
(i) Pay for loss or damages; or
(ii) As otherwise required by the
specific statutory authority under which
the surface was patented and the terms
of the lease.
(c) Surface owners have the right to
appeal the sufficiency of the bond.
Before the approval of the APD, the
BLM will make a good faith effort to
contact the surface owner to assure that
they understand their rights to appeal.
(d) The BLM must comply with
NEPA, the National Historic
Preservation Act, the Endangered
Species Act, and related Federal statutes
when authorizing lease operations on
split estate lands where the surface is
not federally owned and the oil and gas
is Federal. For split estate lands within
FS administrative boundaries, the BLM
has the lead responsibility, unless there
is a local BLM/FS agreement that gives
the FS this responsibility.
(e) The operator must make a good
faith effort to provide a copy of their
Surface Use Plan of Operations to the
surface owner. After the APD is
approved the operator must make a
good faith effort to provide a copy of the
Conditions of Approval to the surface
owner. The APD approval is not
contingent upon delivery of a copy of
the Conditions of Approval to the
surface owner.
§ 3171.20
Leases for Indian oil and gas.
(a) Approval of operations. The BLM
will process APDs, Master Development
Plans, and Sundry Notices on Indian
tribal and allotted oil and gas leases,
and Indian Mineral Development Act
mineral agreements in a manner similar
to Federal leases. For processing such
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
applications, the BLM considers the BIA
to be the surface managing agency.
Operators are responsible for obtaining
any special use or access permits from
appropriate BIA and, where applicable,
tribal offices. The BLM is not required
to post for public inspection APDs for
minerals subject to Indian oil and gas
leases or agreements.
(b) Surface use. Where the wellsite
and/or access road is proposed on
Indian lands with a different beneficial
owner than the minerals, the operator is
responsible for entering into a surface
use agreement with the Indian tribe or
the individual Indian surface owner,
subject to BIA approval. This agreement
must specify the requirements for
protection of surface resources,
mitigation, and reclamation of disturbed
areas. The BIA, the Indian surface
owner, and the BLM, pursuant to 25
CFR 211.4, 212.4 and 225.4, will
develop the Conditions of Approval. If
the operator is unable to obtain a
Surface Access Agreement, it may
provide a bond for the benefit of the
surface owner(s) (see § 3171.19).
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3171.21 Subsequent operations and
Sundry Notices.
Subsequent operations must follow 43
CFR part 3160, applicable lease
stipulations, and APD Conditions of
Approval. The operator must file the
Sundry Notice in the BLM Field Office
having jurisdiction over the lands
described in the notice or the operator
may file it using the BLM’s electronic
commerce system.
(a) Surface disturbing operations. (1)
Lessees and operators must submit for
BLM or FS approval a request on Form
3160–5 before:
(i) Undertaking any subsequent new
construction outside the approved area
of operations; or
(ii) Reconstructing or altering existing
facilities including, but not limited to,
roads, emergency pits, firewalls,
flowlines, or other production facilities
on any lease that will result in
additional surface disturbance.
(2) If, at the time the original APD was
filed, the lessee or operator elected to
defer submitting information under
§ 3171.8(e)(4)(iii), the lessee or operator
must supply this information before
construction and installation of the
facilities. The BLM, in consultation with
any other involved surface managing
agency, may require a field inspection
before approving the proposal. The
lessee or operator may not begin
construction until the BLM approves the
proposed plan in writing.
(3) The operator must certify on Form
3160–5 that they have made a good faith
effort to provide a copy of any proposal
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
involving new surface disturbance to
the private surface owner in the case of
split estate.
(b) Emergency repairs. Lessees or
operators may undertake emergency
repairs without prior approval if they
promptly notify the BLM. Lessees or
operators must submit sufficient
information to the BLM or the FS to
permit a proper evaluation of any:
(1) Resulting surface disturbing
activities; or
(2) Planned accommodations
necessary to mitigate potential adverse
environmental effects.
§ 3171.22
Well conversions.
(a) Conversion to an injection well.
When subsequent operations will result
in a well being converted to a Class II
injection well (i.e., for disposal of
produced water, oil and gas production
enhancement, or underground storage of
hydrocarbons), the operator must file
with the appropriate BLM office a
Sundry Notice, Notice of Intent to
Convert to Injection on Form 3160–5.
The BLM and the surface managing
agency, if applicable, will review the
information to ensure its technical and
administrative adequacy. Following the
review, the BLM, in consultation with
the surface managing agency, where
applicable, will decide upon the
approval or disapproval of the
application based upon relevant laws
and regulations and the circumstances
(e.g., the well used for lease or non-lease
operations, surface ownership, and
protection of subsurface mineral
ownership). The BLM will determine if
a Right-of-Way or Special Use
Authorization and additional bonding
are necessary and notify the operator.
(b) Conversion to a water supply well.
In cases where the surface managing
agency or private surface owner desires
to acquire an oil and gas well and
convert it to a water supply well or
acquire a water supply well that was
drilled by the operator to support lease
operations, the surface managing agency
or private surface owner must inform
the appropriate BLM office of its intent
before the approval of the APD in the
case of a dry hole and no later than the
time a Notice of Intent to Abandon is
submitted for a depleted production
well. The operator must abandon the
well according to BLM instructions, and
must complete the surface cleanup and
reclamation, in conjunction with the
approved APD, Surface Use Plan of
Operations, or Notice of Intent to
Abandon, if the BLM or the FS require
it. The surface managing agency or
private surface owner must reach
agreement with the operator as to the
satisfactory completion of reclamation
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39525
operations before the BLM will approve
any abandonment or reclamation. The
BLM approval of the partial
abandonment under this section,
completion of any required reclamation
operations, and the signed release
agreement will relieve the operator of
further obligation for the well. If the
surface managing agency or private
surface owner acquires the well for
water use purposes, the party acquiring
the well assumes liability for the well.
§ 3171.23
Variances.
The operator may make a written
request to the agency with jurisdiction
to request a variance from this subpart.
A request for a variance must explain
the reason the variance is needed and
demonstrate how the operator will
satisfy the intent of this subpart. The
operator may include the request in the
APD package. A variance from the
requirements of this subpart does not
constitute a variance to provisions of
other regulations, laws, or orders. When
the BLM is the decision maker on a
request for a variance, the decision
whether to grant or deny the variance
request is entirely within the BLM’s
discretion. The decision on a variance
request is not subject to administrative
appeals either to the State Director or
pursuant to 43 CFR part 4.
§ 3171.24 Waivers, exceptions, or
modifications.
(a) An operator may also request that
the BLM waive (permanently remove),
except (case-by-case exemption), or
modify (permanently change) a lease
stipulation for a Federal lease. In the
case of Federal leases, a request to
waive, except, or modify a stipulation
should also include information
demonstrating that the factors leading to
its inclusion in the lease have changed
sufficiently to make the protection
provided by the stipulation no longer
justified or that the proposed operation
would not cause unacceptable impacts.
(b) When the waiver, exception, or
modification is substantial, the
proposed waiver, exception, or
modification is subject to public review
for 30 days. Prior to such public review,
the BLM, and when applicable the FS,
will post it in their local Field Office
and, when possible, electronically on
the internet. When the request is
included in the Notice of Staking or
APD, the request will be included as
part of the application posting under
§ 3171.5(c). Prior to granting a waiver,
exception, or modification, the BLM
will obtain the concurrence or approval
of the FS or Federal surface managing
agency. Decisions on such waivers,
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39526
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
exceptions, or modifications are subject
to appeal pursuant to 43 CFR part 4.
(c) After drilling has commenced, the
BLM and the FS may consider verbal
requests for waivers, exceptions, or
modifications. However, the operator
must submit a written notice within 7
days after the verbal request. The BLM
and the FS will confirm in writing any
verbal approval. Decisions on waivers,
exceptions, or modifications submitted
after drilling has commenced are final
for the Department of the Interior and
not subject to administrative review by
the State Director or appeal pursuant to
43 CFR part 4.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3171.25
Abandonment.
In accordance with the requirements
of 43 CFR 3162.3–4, before starting
abandonment operations the operator
must submit a Notice of Intent to
Abandon on Sundry Notices and
Reports on Wells, Form 3160–5. If the
operator proposes to modify the plans
for surface reclamation approved at the
APD stage, the operator must attach
these modifications to the Notice of
Intent to Abandon.
(a) Plugging. The operator must obtain
BLM approval for the plugging of the
well by submitting a Notice of Intent to
Abandon. In the case of dry holes,
drilling failures, and in emergency
situations, verbal approval for plugging
may be obtained from the BLM, with the
Notice of Intent to Abandon promptly
submitted as written documentation.
Within 30 days following completion of
well plugging, the operator must file
with the BLM a Subsequent Report of
Plug and Abandon, using Sundry
Notices and Reports on Wells, Form
3160–5. For depleted production wells,
the operator must submit a Notice of
Intent to Abandon and obtain the BLM’s
approval before plugging.
(b) Reclamation. Plans for surface
reclamation are a part of the Surface Use
Plan of Operations, as specified in
§ 3171.8(e)(10), and must be designed to
return the disturbed area to productive
use and to meet the objectives of the
land and resource management plan. If
the operator proposes to modify the
plans for surface reclamation approved
at the APD stage, the operator must
attach these modifications to the
Subsequent Report of Plug and Abandon
using Sundry Notices and Reports on
Wells, Form 3160–5.
(1) For wells not having an approved
plan for surface reclamation, operators
must submit to the BLM a proposal
describing the procedures to be
followed for complete abandonment,
including a map showing the disturbed
area and roads to be reclaimed. The
BLM will forward the request to the FS
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
or other surface managing agency. If
applicable, the private surface owner
will be notified and their views will be
carefully considered.
(2) Earthwork for interim and final
reclamation must be completed within 6
months of well completion or well
plugging (weather permitting). All pads,
pits, and roads must be reclaimed to a
satisfactorily revegetated, safe, and
stable condition, unless an agreement is
made with the landowner or surface
managing agency to keep the road or
pad in place. Pits containing fluid must
not be breached (cut) and pit fluids
must be removed or solidified before
backfilling. Pits may be allowed to air
dry subject to BLM or FS approval, but
the use of chemicals to aid in fluid
evaporation, stabilization, or
solidification must have prior BLM or
FS approval. Seeding or other activities
to reestablish vegetation must be
completed within the time period
approved by the BLM or the FS.
(3) Upon completion of reclamation
operations, the lessee or operator must
notify the BLM or the FS using Form
3160–5, Final Abandonment Notice,
when the location is ready for
inspection. Final abandonment will not
be approved until the surface
reclamation work required in the
Surface Use Plan of Operations or
Subsequent Report of Plug and Abandon
has been completed to the satisfaction of
the BLM or the FS and surface managing
agency, if appropriate.
§ 3171.26
Appeal procedures.
(a) Complete information concerning
the review and appeal processes for
BLM actions is contained in 43 CFR
parts 4 and 3160, subpart 3165.
Incorporation of a FS approved Surface
Use Plan of Operations into the
approval of an APD or a Master
Development Plan is not subject to
protest to the BLM or appeal to the
Interior Board of Land Appeals.
(b) The FS’s decisions approving use
of NFS lands may be subject to agency
appeal procedures, in accordance with
36 CFR part 215 or 251.
(c) Decisions governing Surface Use
Plan of Operations and Special Use
Authorization approvals on NFS lands
that involve analysis, documentation,
and other requirements of the NEPA
may be subject to agency appeal
procedures, under 36 CFR part 215.
(d) The FS’s regulations at 36 CFR
part 251 govern appeals by an operator
of written FS decisions related to
Conditions of Approval or
administration of Surface Use Plans of
Operations or Special Use
Authorizations to occupy and use NFS
lands.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(e) The operator may appeal decisions
of the BIA under 25 CFR part 2.
Appendix A to Subpart 3171—Sample
Format for Notice of Staking
(Not to be used in place of Application for
Permit to Drill or Reenter Form 3160–3)
1. Oil Well
Gas Well
Other (Specify)
2. Name, Address, and Telephone of
Operator
3. Name and Telephone of Specific Contact
Person
4. Surface Location of Well
Attach:
(a) Sketch showing road entry onto pad,
pad dimensions, and reserve pit
(b) Topographical or other acceptable map
(e.g., a USGS 7–1⁄2″ Quadrangle) showing
location, access road, and lease
boundaries
5. Lease Number
6. If Indian, Allottee or Tribe Name
7. Unit Agreement Name
8. Well Name and Number
9. American Petroleum Institute (API) Well
Number (if available)
10. Field Name or Wildcat
11. Section, Township, Range, Meridian; or
Block and Survey; or Area
12. County, Parish, or Borough
13. State
14. Name and Depth of Formation
Objective(s)
15. Estimated Well Depth
16. For directional or horizontal wells,
anticipated bottom-hole location.
17. Additional Information (as appropriate;
include surface owner’s name, address
and, if known, telephone).
18. Signed lllllllllllllll
Title llllllllllllllllll
Date llllllllllllllllll
Note: When the Bureau of Land
Management or the Forest Service, as
appropriate, receives this Notice, the agency
will schedule the date of the onsite
inspection. You must stake the location and
flag the access road before the onsite
inspection. Operators should consider the
following before the onsite inspection and
incorporate these considerations into the
Notice of Staking Option, as appropriate:
(a) H2S Potential;
(b) Cultural Resources (Archeology); and
(c) Federal Right-of-Way or Special Use
Permit.
Subpart 3172—Drilling Operations on
Federal and Indian Oil and Gas Leases
Sec.
3172.1
3172.2
3172.3
3172.4
3172.5
3172.6
3172.7
3172.8
3172.9
3172.10
3172.11
3172.12
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
Authority.
Purpose.
Scope.
General.
Definitions.
Well control.
Casing and cementing.
Mud program.
Drill stem testing.
Special drilling operations.
Surface use.
Drilling abandonment.
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
3172.13 Variances from minimum
standards.
Appendix A to Subpart 3172—Diagrams of
Choke Manifold Requirements
§ 3172.1
Authority.
(a) This subpart is established
pursuant to the authority granted to the
Secretary of the Interior pursuant to
various Federal and Indian mineral
leasing statutes and the Federal Oil and
Gas Royalty Management Act of 1982.
This authority has been delegated to the
Bureau of Land Management and is
implemented by the onshore oil and gas
operating regulations contained in 43
CFR part 3160.
(b) Specific authority for the
provisions contained in this subpart is
found at: 43 CFR 3162.3–1, 3162.3–4,
3162.4–1, 3162.4–3, 3162.5–1, 3162.5–2
(see paragraph (a)), and 3162.5–3; and
43 CFR part 3160, subpart 3163.
§ 3172.2
Purpose.
This subpart details the Bureau’s
uniform national standards for the
minimum levels of performance
expected from lessees and operators
when conducting drilling operations on
Federal and Indian lands (except Osage
Tribe) and for abandonment
immediately following drilling. The
purpose also is to identify the
enforcement actions that will result
when violations of the minimum
standards are found, and when those
violations are not abated in a timely
manner.
§ 3172.3
Scope.
This subpart is applicable to all
onshore Federal and Indian (except
Osage Tribe) oil and gas leases.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3172.4
General.
(a) If an operator chooses to use
higher rated equipment than that
authorized in the Application for Permit
to Drill (APD), testing procedures shall
apply to the approved working
pressures, not the upgraded higher
working pressures.
(b) Some situations may exist either
on a well-by-well or field-wide basis
whereby it is commonly accepted
practice to vary a particular minimum
standard(s) established in this subpart.
This situation may be resolved by
requesting a variance (see § 3172.13), by
the inclusion of a stipulation to the
APD, or by the issuance of a Notice to
Lessees and Operators (NTL) by the
appropriate BLM office.
(c) When a violation is discovered,
and if it does not cause or threaten
immediate substantial and adverse
impact on public health and safety, the
environment, production accountability
or royalty income, it will be classified
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
as minor. The violation may be reissued
as a major violation if not corrected
during the abatement period and
continued drilling has changed the
adverse impact of the violation so that
it meets the specific definition of a
major violation.
(d) This subpart is not intended to
circumvent the reporting requirements
or compliance aspects that may be
stated elsewhere in existing NTLs,
regulations, etc. A lessee’s compliance
with the requirements of the regulations
in this subpart shall not relieve the
lessee of the obligation to comply with
other applicable laws and regulations in
accordance with 43 CFR 3162.5–1(c).
Lessees should give special attention to
the automatic assessment provisions in
43 CFR 3163.1(b).
(e) This subpart is based upon the
assumption that operations have been
approved in accordance with 43 CFR
part 3160 and subpart 3171 of this part.
Failure to obtain approval prior to
commencement of drilling or related
operations shall subject the operator to
immediate assessment under 43 CFR
3163.1(b)(2).
§ 3172.5
Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the term:
2M, 3M, 5M, 10M, and 15M mean the
pressure ratings used for equipment
with a working pressure rating of the
equivalent thousand pounds per square
inch (psi) (2M=2,000 psi, 3M=3,000 psi,
etc.).
Abnormal pressure zone means a zone
that has either pressure above or below
the normal gradient for an area and/or
depth.
Bleed line means the vent line that
bypasses the chokes in the choke
manifold system; also referred to as
panic line.
Blooie line means a discharge line
used in conjunction with a rotating
head.
Drilling spool means a connection
component with both ends either
flanged or hubbed, with an internal
diameter at least equal to the bore of the
casing, and with smaller side outlets for
connecting auxiliary lines.
Exploratory well means any well
drilled beyond the known producing
limits of a pool.
Fill-up line means the line used to fill
the hole when the drill pipe is being
removed from the well. It is usually
connected to a 2-inch collar that is
welded into a drilling nipple.
Flare line means a line used to carry
gas away from the rig to be burned at a
safer location. The gas comes from the
degasser, gas buster, separator, or when
drill stem testing, directly from the drill
pipe.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39527
Functionally operated means
activating equipment without subjecting
it to well-bore pressure.
Isolating means using cement to
protect, separate, or segregate usable
water and mineral resources.
Lease means any contract, profit-share
agreement, joint venture, or other
agreement issued or approved by the
United States under a mineral leasing
law that authorizes exploration for,
extraction of, or removal of oil or gas
(see 43 CFR 3160.0–5).
Lessee means a person holding record
title in a lease issued by the United
States (see 43 CFR 3160.0–5).
Make-up water means water that is
used in mixing slurry for cement jobs
and plugging operations and is
compatible with the cement
constituents being used.
Manual locking device means any
manually activated device, such as a
hand wheel, etc., that is used for the
purpose of locking the preventer in the
closed position.
Mud for plugging purposes means a
slurry of bentonite or similar flocculent/
viscosifier, water, and additives needed
to achieve the desired weight and
consistency to stabilize the hole.
Mudding up means adding materials
and chemicals to water to control the
viscosity, weight, and filtrate loss of the
circulating system.
Operating rights owner (or owner)
means a person or entity holding
operating rights in a lease issued by the
United States. A lessee also may be an
operating rights owner if the operating
rights in a lease or portion thereof have
not been severed from record title.
Operational means capable of
functioning as designed and installed
without undue force or further
modification.
Operator means any person or entity,
including but not limited to the lessee
or operating rights owner, who has
stated in writing to the authorized
officer his/her responsibility for the
operations conducted in the leased
lands or a portion thereof.
Precharge pressure means the
nitrogen pressure remaining in the
accumulator after all the hydraulic fluid
has been expelled from beneath the
movable barrier.
Prompt correction means immediate
correction of violations, with drilling
suspended if required in the discretion
of the authorized officer.
Prospectively valuable deposit of
minerals means any deposit of minerals
that the authorized officer determines to
have characteristics of quantity and
quality that warrant its protection.
Tagging the plug means running in
the hole with a string of tubing or drill
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39528
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
pipe and placing sufficient weight on
the plug to ensure its integrity. Other
methods of tagging the plug may be
approved by the authorized officer.
Targeted tee or turn means a fitting
used in pressure piping in which a bull
plug or blind flange of the same
pressure rating as the rest of the
approved system is installed at the end
of a tee or cross, opposite the fluid entry
arm, to change the direction of flow and
to reduce erosion.
Usable water means generally those
waters containing up to 10,000 parts per
million (ppm) of total dissolved solids.
Weep hole means a small hole that
allows pressure to bleed off through the
metal plate used in covering well bores
after abandonment operations.
§ 3172.6
Well control.
(a) Requirements. Blowout preventer
(BOP) and related equipment (BOPE)
shall be installed, used, maintained, and
tested in a manner necessary to assure
well control and shall be in place and
operational prior to drilling the surface
casing shoe unless otherwise approved
by the APD. Commencement of drilling
without the approved BOPE installed,
unless otherwise approved, shall subject
the operator to immediate assessment
under 43 CFR 3163.1(b)(1). The BOP
and related control equipment shall be
suitable for operations in those areas
which are subject to sub-freezing
conditions. The BOPE shall be based on
known or anticipated sub-surface
pressures, geologic conditions, accepted
engineering practice, and surface
environment. Item number 7 of the 8
point plan in the APD specifically
addresses expected pressures. The
working pressure of all BOPE shall
exceed the anticipated surface pressure
to which it may be subjected, assuming
a partially evacuated hole with a
pressure gradient of 0.22 psi/ft.
(b) Violation classifications. The
gravity of the violation for many of the
well control minimum standards listed
in paragraphs (b)(1) through (9) of this
section are shown as minor. However,
very short abatement periods in this
subpart are often specified in
recognition that by continuing to drill,
the violation which was originally
determined to be of a minor nature may
cause or threaten immediate,
substantial, and adverse impact on
public health and safety, the
environment, production accountability,
or royalty income, which would require
it reclassification as a major violation.
(1) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for well control
equipment. (i) A well control device
shall be installed at the surface that is
capable of complete closure of the well
bore. This device shall be closed
whenever the well is unattended.
TABLE 1 TO § 3172.6(b)(1)(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(ii) For 2M system:
(A) Annular preventer, double ram, or
two rams with one being blind and one
being a pipe ram (major);
(B) Kill line (2 inch minimum);
(C) 1 kill line valve (2 inch
minimum);
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
(D) 1 choke line valve;
(E) 2 chokes (refer to diagram in
appendix A to this subpart);
(F) Upper kelly cock valve with
handle available;
(G) Safety valve and subs to fit all
drill strings in use;
(H) Pressure gauge on choke manifold;
(I) 2 inch minimum choke line; and
(J) Fill-up line above the uppermost
preventer.
TABLE 2 TO § 3172.6(b)(1)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Major (as indicated) .............
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(iii) For 3M system:
(A) Annular preventers (major);
(B) Double ram with blind rams and
pipe rams (major);
(C) Drilling spool, or blowout
preventer with 2 side outlets (choke side
shall be a 3-inch minimum diameter,
kill side shall be at least 2-inch
diameter) (major);
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
Prompt correction required.
(D) Kill line (2 inch minimum);
(E) A minimum of 2 choke line valves
(3 inch minimum) (major);
(F) 3 inch diameter choke line;
(G) 2 kill line valves, one of which
shall be a check valve (2 inch minimum)
(major);
(H) 2 chokes (refer to diagram in
appendix A to this subpart);
(I) Pressure gauge on choke manifold;
(J) Upper kelly cock valve with handle
available;
(K) Safety valve and subs to fit all
drill string connections in use;
(L) All BOPE connections subjected to
well pressure shall be flanged, welded,
or clamped (major); and
(M) Fill-up line above the uppermost
preventer.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 3 TO § 3172.6(b)(1)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Major (as indicated) .............
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(iv) For 5M system:
(A) Annular preventer (major);
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
Prompt correction required.
(B) Pipe ram, blind ram, and, if
conditions warrant, as specified by the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
authorized officer, another pipe ram
shall also be required (major);
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(C) A second pipe ram preventer or
variable bore pipe ram preventer shall
be used with a tapered drill string;
(D) Drilling spool, or blowout
preventer with 2 side outlets (choke side
shall be a 3-inch minimum diameter,
kill side shall be at least 2-inch
diameter) (major);
(E) 3 inch diameter choke line;
(F) 2 choke line valves (3 inch
minimum) (major);
(G) Kill line (2 inch minimum);
(H) 2 chokes with 1 remotely
controlled from rig floor (refer to
diagram in appendix A to this subpart);
(I) 2 kill line valves and a check valve
(2 inch minimum) (major);
(J) Upper kelly cock valve with a
handle available;
(K) When the expected pressures
approach working pressure of the
system, 1 remote kill line tested to stack
pressure (which shall run to the outer
edge of the substructure and be
unobstructed);
39529
(L) Lower kelly cock valve with
handle available;
(M) Safety valve(s) and subs to fit all
drill string connections in use;
(N) Inside BOP or float sub available;
(O) Pressure gauge on choke manifold;
(P) All BOPE connections subjected to
well pressure shall be flanged, welded,
or clamped (major); and
(Q) Fill-up line above the uppermost
preventer.
TABLE 4 TO § 3172.6(b)(1)(iv)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Major (as indicated) .............
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(v) For 10M & 15M system:
(A) Annular preventer (major);
(B) 2 pipe rams (major);
(C) Blind rams (major);
(D) Drilling spool, or blowout
preventer with 2 side outlets (choke side
shall be a 3-inch minimum diameter,
kill side shall be at least 2-inch
diameter) (major):
(E) 3 inch choke line (major);
(F) 2 kill line valves (2 inch
minimum) and check valve (major):
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
Prompt correction required.
(G) Remote kill line (2 inch minimum)
shall run to the outer edge of the
substructure and be unobstructed;
(H) Manual and hydraulic choke line
valves (3 inch minimum) (major);
(I) 3 chokes, 1 being remotely
controlled (refer to diagram in appendix
A to this subpart);
(J) Pressure gauge on choke manifold;
(K) Upper kelly cock valve with
handle available;
(L) Lower kelly cock valve with
handle available;
(M) Safety valves and subs to fit all
drill string connections in use;
(N) Inside BOP or float sub available;
(O) Wear ring in casing head;
(P) All BOPE connections subjected to
well pressure shall be flanged, welded,
or clamped (major); and
(Q) Fill-up line installed above the
uppermost preventer.
TABLE 5 TO § 3172.6(b)(1)(v)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Major (as indicated) .............
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(vi) If repair or replacement of the
BOPE is required after testing, this work
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
Prompt correction required.
shall be performed prior to drilling out
the casing shoe.
TABLE 6 TO § 3172.6(b)(1)(vi)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(vii) When the BOPE cannot function
to secure the hole, the hole shall be
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
secured using cement, retrievable
packer or a bridge plug packer, bridge
plug, or other acceptable approved
method to assure safe well conditions.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 7 TO § 3172.6(b)(1)(vii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(2) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for choke
manifold equipment. (i) All choke lines
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
shall be straight lines unless turns use
tee blocks or are targeted with running
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
tees, and shall be anchored to prevent
whip and reduce vibration.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39530
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 8 TO § 3172.6(b)(2)(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(ii) Choke manifold equipment
configuration shall be functionally
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
equivalent to the appropriate example
diagram shown in appendix A of this
subpart. The configuration of the chokes
may vary.
TABLE 9 TO § 3172.6(b)(2)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(iii) All valves (except chokes) in the
kill line, choke manifold, and choke line
shall be a type that does not restrict the
flow (full opening) and that allows a
straight through flow (same enforcement
as paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section).
(iv) Pressure gauges in the well
control system shall be a type designed
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
for drilling fluid service (same
enforcement as paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of
this section).
(3) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for pressure
accumulator system. (i) 2M system—
accumulator shall have sufficient
capacity to close all BOP’s and retain
200 psi above precharge. Nitrogen
bottles that meet manufacturer’s
specifications may be used as the
backup to the required independent
power source.
TABLE 10 TO § 3172.6(b)(3)(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(ii) 3M system—accumulator shall
have sufficient capacity to open the
hydraulically controlled choke line
valve (if so equipped), close all rams
plus the annual preventer, and retain a
minimum of 200 psi above precharge on
the closing manifold without the use of
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
the closing unit pumps. This is a
minimum requirement. The fluid
reservoir capacity shall be double the
usable fluid volume of the accumulator
system capacity and the fluid level of
the reservoir shall be maintained at the
manufacturer’s recommendations. The
3M system shall have 2 independent
power sources to close the preventers.
Nitrogen bottles (3 minimum) may be 1
of the independent power sources and,
if so, shall maintain a charge equal to
the manufacturer’s specifications.
TABLE 11 TO § 3172.6(b)(3)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(iii) 5M and higher system—
accumulator shall have sufficient
capacity to open the hydraulically
controlled gate valve (if so equipped)
and close all rams plus the annular
preventer (for 3 ram systems add a 50
percent safety factor to compensate for
any fluid loss in the control system or
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
preventers) and retain a minimum
pressure of 200 psi above precharge on
the closing manifold without use of the
closing unit pumps. The fluid reservoir
capacity shall be double the usable fluid
volume of the accumulator system
capacity and the fluid level of the
reservoir shall be maintained at the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Two
independent sources of power shall be
available for powering the closing unit
pumps. Sufficient nitrogen bottles are
suitable as a backup power source only,
and shall be recharged when the
pressure falls below manufacturer’s
specifications.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 12 TO § 3172.6(b)(3)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(4) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for accumulator
precharge pressure test. This test shall
be conducted prior to connecting the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
closing unit to the BOP stack and at
least once every 6 months. The
accumulator pressure shall be corrected
if the measured precharge pressure is
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
found to be above or below the
maximum or minimum limit specified
in table 13 to this paragraph (b)(4) (only
nitrogen gas may be used to precharge):
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
39531
TABLE 13 TO § 3172.6(b)(4)
Accumulator working
pressure rating
(psi)
Minimum acceptable
operating pressure
(psi)
1,500
2,000
3,000
Desired precharge
pressure
(psi)
1,500
2,000
3,000
Maximum acceptable
precharge pressure
(psi)
750
1,000
1,000
Minimum acceptable
precharge pressure
(psi)
800
1,100
1,100
700
900
900
TABLE 14 TO § 3172.6(b)(4)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Perform test .....................................................................
(5) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for power
availability. Power for the closing unit
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
pumps shall be available to the unit at
all times so that the pumps shall
automatically start when the closing
unit manifold pressure has decreased to
a pre-set level.
TABLE 15 TO § 3172.6(b)(5)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(6) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for accumulator
pump capacity. Each BOP closing unit
shall be equipped with sufficient
number and sizes of pumps so that, with
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
the accumulator system isolated from
service, the pumps shall be capable of
opening the hydraulically operated gate
valve (if so equipped), plus closing the
annular preventer on the smallest size
drill pipe to be used within 2 minutes,
and obtain a minimum of 200 psi above
specified accumulator precharge
pressure.
TABLE 16 TO § 3172.6(b)(6)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(7) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for locking
devices. A manual locking device (i.e.,
hand wheels) or automatic locking
devices shall be installed on all systems
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
of 2M or greater. A valve shall be
installed in the closing line as close as
possible to the annular preventer to act
as a locking device. This valve shall be
maintained in the open position and
shall be closed only when the power
source for the accumulator system is
inoperative.
TABLE 17 TO § 3172.6(b)(7)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(8) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for remote
controls. Remote controls shall be
readily accessible to the driller. Remote
controls for all 3M or greater systems
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
shall be capable of closing all
preventers. Remote controls for 5M or
greater systems shall be capable of both
opening and closing all preventers.
Master controls shall be at the
accumulator and shall be capable of
opening and closing all preventers and
the choke line valve (if so equipped). No
remote control for a 2M system is
required.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 18 TO § 3172.6(b)(8)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(9) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for well control
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
equipment testing. (i) Perform all tests
described in paragraphs (b)(9)(ii)
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
through (x) of this section using clear
water or an appropriate clear liquid for
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39532
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
subfreezing temperatures with a
viscosity similar to water.
(ii) Ram type preventers and
associated equipment shall be tested to
approved (see § 3172.4(a)) stack working
pressure if isolated by test plug or to 70
percent of internal yield pressure of
casing if BOP stack is not isolated from
casing. Pressure shall be maintained for
at least 10 minutes or until requirements
of test are met, whichever is longer. If
a test plug is utilized, no bleed-off of
pressure is acceptable. For a test not
utilizing a test plug, if a decline in
pressure of more than 10 percent in 30
minutes occurs, the test shall be
considered to have failed. Valve on
casing head below test plug shall be
open during test of BOP stack.
(iii) Annular type preventers shall be
tested to 50 percent of rated working
pressure. Pressure shall be maintained
at least 10 minutes or until provisions
of test are met, whichever is longer.
(iv) As a minimum, the test in
paragraph (b)(9)(iii) of this section shall
be performed:
(A) When initially installed;
(B) Whenever any seal subject to test
pressure is broken;
(C) Following related repairs; and
(D) At 30-day intervals.
(v) Valves shall be tested from
working pressure side during BOPE
tests with all down stream valves open.
(vi) When testing the kill line valve(s),
the check valve shall be held open or
the ball removed.
(vii) Annular preventers shall be
functionally operated at least weekly.
(viii) Pipe and blind rams shall be
activated each trip, however, this
function need not be performed more
than once a day.
(ix) A BOPE pit level drill shall be
conducted weekly for each drilling
crew.
(x) Pressure tests shall apply to all
related well control equipment.
(xi) All of the tests described in
paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (x) of this
section and/or drills shall be recorded
in the drilling log.
TABLE 19 TO § 3172.6(b)(9)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Perform the necessary test or provide documentation ...
§ 3172.7
Casing and cementing.
(a) Requirements. The proposed
casing and cementing programs shall be
conducted as approved to protect and/
or isolate all usable water zones,
potentially productive zones, lost
circulation zones, abnormally pressured
zones, and any prospectively valuable
deposits of minerals. Any isolating
medium other than cement shall receive
approval prior to use. The casing setting
depth shall be calculated to position the
casing seat opposite a competent
formation which will contain the
maximum pressure to which it will be
exposed during normal drilling
operations. Determination of casing
setting depth shall be based on all
relevant factors, including: presence/
absence of hydrocarbons; fracture
gradients; usable water zones; formation
Normal abatement period
24 hours or next trip, as most appropriate.
pressures; lost circulation zones; other
minerals; or other unusual
characteristics. All indications of usable
water shall be reported.
(1) Minimum design factors for
tensions, collapse, and burst that are
incorporated into the casing design by
an operator/lessee shall be submitted to
the authorized operator for his review
and approval along with the APD for all
exploratory wells or as otherwise
specified by the authorized officer.
(2) Casing design shall assume
formation pressure gradients of 0.44 to
0.50 psi per foot for exploratory wells
(lacking better data).
(3) Casing design shall assume
fracture gradients from 0.70 to 1.00 psi
per foot for exploratory wells (lacking
better data).
(4) Casing collars shall have a
minimum clearance of 0.422 inches on
all sides in the hole/casing annulus,
with recognition that variances can be
granted for justified exceptions.
(5) All waiting on cement times shall
be adequate to achieve a minimum of
500 psi compressive strength at the
casing shoe prior to drilling out.
(b) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for casing and
cementing. (1) All casing, except the
conductor casing, shall be new or
reconditioned and tested casing. All
casing shall meet or exceed American
Petroleum Institute (API) standards for
new casing. The use of reconditioned
and tested used casing shall be subject
to approval by the authorized officer:
approval will be contingent upon the
wall thickness of any such casing being
verified to be at least 871⁄2 percent of the
nominal wall thickness of new casing.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 1 TO § 3172.7(b)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Perform remedial action as specified by the authorized
officer.
(2) For liners, a minimum of 100 feet
of overlap between a string of casing
and the next larger casing is required.
The interval of overlap shall be sealed
and tested. The liner shall be tested by
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
a fluid entry or pressure test to
determine whether a seal between the
liner top and next larger string has been
achieved. The test pressure shall be the
maximum anticipated pressure to which
the seal will be exposed. No test shall
be required for liners that do not
incorporate or need a seal mechanism.
TABLE 2 TO § 3172.7(b)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Perform remedial action as specified by the authorized
officer.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Normal abatement period
Sfmt 4700
Upon determination of corrective action.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(3) The surface casing shall be
cemented back to surface either during
39533
the primary cement job or by remedial
cementing.
TABLE 3 TO § 3172.7(b)(3)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Perform remedial cementing ...........................................
(4) All of the tests described in
paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
section shall be recorded in the drilling
log.
TABLE 4 TO § 3172.7(b)(4)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Perform the necessary test or provide documentation ...
(5) All indications of usable water
shall be reported to the authorized
officer prior to running the next string
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
of casing or before plugging orders are
requested, whichever occurs first.
TABLE 5 TO § 3172.7(b)(5)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Report information as required .......................................
(6) Surface casing shall have
centralizers on the bottom 3 joints of the
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
casing (a minimum of 1 centralizer per
joint, starting with the shoe joint).
TABLE 6 TO § 3172.7(b)(6)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Major ....................................
Logging/testing may be required to determine the quality of the job. Recementing may then be specified.
Prompt correction upon determination of corrective action.
(7) Top plugs shall be used to reduce
contamination of cement by
displacement fluid. A bottom plug or
other acceptable technique, such as a
suitable preflush fluid, inner string
cement method, etc., shall be utilized to
help isolate the cement from
contamination by the mud fluid being
displaced ahead of the cement slurry.
TABLE 7 TO § 3172.7(b)(7)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Logging may be required to determine the quality of the
cement job. Recementing or further recementing may
then be specified.
(8) All casing strings below the
conductor shall be pressure tested to
0.22 psi per foot of casing string length
Normal abatement period
Based upon determination of corrective action.
or 1,500 psi, whichever is greater, but
not to exceed 70 percent of the
minimum internal yield. If pressure
declines more than 10 percent in 30
minutes, corrective action shall be
taken.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 8 TO § 3172.7(b)(8)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Perform the test and/or remedial action as specified by
the authorized officer.
(9) On all exploratory wells, and on
that portion of any well approved for a
5M BOPE system or greater, a pressure
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
integrity test of each casing shoe shall
be performed. Formation at the shoe
shall be tested to a minimum of the mud
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
weight equivalent anticipated to control
the formation pressure to the next
casing depth or at total depth of the
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39534
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
well. This test shall be performed before
drilling more than 20 feet of new hole.
TABLE 9 TO § 3172.7(b)(9)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Perform the specified test ...............................................
§ 3172.8
Mud program.
(a) Requirements. The characteristics,
use, and testing of drilling mud and the
implementation of related drilling
procedures shall be designed to prevent
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
the loss of well control. Sufficient
quantities of mud materials shall be
maintained or readily accessible for the
purpose of assuring well control.
(b) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for mud
program and equipment. (1) Record
slow pump speed on daily drilling
report after mudding up.
TABLE 1 TO § 3172.8(b)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Record required information ...........................................
(2) Visual mud monitoring equipment
shall be in place to detect volume
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
changes indicating loss or gain of
circulating fluid volume.
TABLE 2 TO § 3172.8(b)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install necessary equipment ...........................................
(3) When abnormal pressures are
anticipated, electronic/mechanical mud
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
monitoring equipment shall be required,
which shall include as a minimum: pit
volume totalizer (PVT); stroke counter;
and flow sensor.
TABLE 3 TO § 3172.8(b)(3)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install necessary instrumentation ....................................
(4) A mud test shall be performed
every 24 hours after mudding up to
determine, as applicable: density,
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
viscosity, gel strength, filtration, and
pH.
TABLE 4 TO § 3172.8(b)(4)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Perform necessary tests .................................................
(5) A trip tank shall be used on 10M
and 15M systems and on upgraded 5M
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
systems as determined by the
authorized officer.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 5 TO § 3172.8(b)(5)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install necessary equipment ...........................................
(6)(i) Gas detecting equipment shall
be installed in the mud return system
for exploratory wells or wells where
abnormal pressure is anticipated, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
hydrocarbon gas shall be monitored for
pore pressure changes.
(ii) Hydrogen sulfide safety and
monitoring equipment requirements
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
may be found in subpart 3176 of this
part.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
39535
TABLE 6 TO § 3172.8(b)(6)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install necessary equipment ...........................................
(7) All flare systems shall be designed
to gather and burn all gas. The flare
line(s) discharge shall be located not
less than 100 feet from the well head,
having straight lines unless turns are
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
targeted with running tees, and shall be
positioned downwind of the prevailing
wind direction and shall be anchored.
The flare system shall have an effective
method for ignition. Where
noncombustible gas is likely or expected
to be vented, the system shall be
provided supplemental fuel for ignition
and to maintain a continuous flare.
TABLE 6 TO § 3172.8(b)(7)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install equipment as specified .........................................
(8) A mud-gas separator (gas buster)
shall be installed and operable for all
systems of 10M or greater and for any
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
system where abnormal pressure is
anticipated beginning at a point at least
500 feet above any anticipated
hydrocarbon zone of interest.
TABLE 8 TO § 3172.8(b)(8)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install required equipment ...............................................
§ 3172.9
Drill stem testing.
(a) Requirements. Initial opening of
drill stem test tools shall be restricted to
daylight hours unless specific approval
to start during other hours is obtained
from the authorized officer. However,
drill stem tests (DSTs) may be allowed
to continue at night if the test was
initiated during daylight hours and the
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
rate of flow is stabilized and if adequate
lighting is available (i.e., lighting which
is adequate for visibility and vaporproof for safe operations). Packers can
be released, but tripping shall not begin
before daylight, unless prior approval is
obtained from the authorized officer.
Closed chamber DSTs may be
accomplished day or night.
(b) Minimum standards for drill stem
testing. (1) A DST that flows to the
surface with evidence of hydrocarbons
shall be either reversed out of the testing
string under controlled surface
conditions, or displaced into the
formation prior to pulling the test tool.
This would involve providing some
means for reserve circulation.
TABLE 1 TO § 3172.9(b)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Major ....................................
Contingent on circumstances and as specified by the
authorized officer.
Prompt correction required.
(2) Separation equipment required for
the anticipated recovery shall be
properly installed before a test starts.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 2 TO § 3172.9(b)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install required equipment ...............................................
(3) All engines within 100 feet of the
wellbore that are required to ‘‘run’’
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
during the test shall have spark arresters
or water-cooled exhausts.
TABLE 3 TO § 3172.9(b)(3)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install required equipment ...............................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Normal abatement period
Sfmt 4700
Prompt correction required.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39536
§ 3172.10
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Special drilling operations.
(a) In addition to the equipment
already specified elsewhere in this
subpart, the following equipment shall
be in place and operational during air/
gas drilling:
(1) Properly lubricated and
maintained rotating head (major);
(2) Spark arresters on engines or
water-cooled exhaust (major);
(3) Blooie line discharge 100 feet from
well bore and securely anchored;
(4) Straight run on blooie line unless
otherwise approved;
(5) Deduster equipment (major);
(6) All cuttings and circulating
medium shall be directed into a reserve
or blooie pit (major);
(7) Float valve above bit (major);
(8) Automatic igniter or continuous
pilot light on the blooie line (major);
(9) Compressors located in the
opposite direction from the blooie line
a minimum of 100 feet from the well
bore; and
(10) Mud circulating equipment,
water, and mud materials (does not have
to be premixed) sufficient to maintain
the capacity of the hole and circulating
tanks or pits.
TABLE 1 TO § 3172.10(a)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Major (as indicated) .............
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
Install the equipment as specified ..................................
(b) Hydrogen sulfide operation is
specifically addressed under subpart
3176 of this part.
§ 3172.11
Surface use.
(a) Responsibilities. Subpart 3171 of
this part specifically addresses surface
use. Subpart 3171 provides for safe
operations, adequate protection of
surface resources and uses, and other
environmental components. The
operator/lessee is responsible for, and
liable for, all building, construction, and
operating activities and subcontracting
activities conducted in association with
the APD. Requirements and special
stipulations for surface use are
contained in or attached to the approved
APD.
(b) Minimum standards and
enforcement provisions for surface use.
The requirements and stipulations of
approval shall be strictly adhered to by
the operator/lessee and any contractors.
(c) Violation. If a violation is
identified by the authorized officer he
shall determine whether it is major or
minor, considering the definitions in 43
CFR 3160.0–5, and shall specify the
appropriate corrective action and
abatement period.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3172.12
Drilling abandonment.
(a) Requirements. The standards in
paragraphs (a)(1) through (11) of this
section apply to the abandonment of
newly drilled dry or non- productive
wells in accordance with § 3171.18 and
43 CFR 3162.3–4. Approval shall be
obtained prior to the commencement of
abandonment. All formations bearing
usable-quality water, oil, gas, or
geothermal resources, and/or a
prospectively valuable deposit of
minerals shall be protected. Approval
may be given orally by the authorized
officer before abandonment operations
are initiated. This oral request and
approval shall be followed by a written
Notice of Intent to Abandon filed not
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
Prompt correction required.
later than the fifth business day
following oral approval. Failure to
obtain approval prior to commencement
of abandonment operations shall result
in immediate assessment of under 43
CFR 3163.1(b)(3). The hole shall be in
static condition at the time any plugs
are placed (this does not pertain to
plugging lost circulation zones). Within
30 days of completion of abandonment,
a subsequent report of abandonment
shall be filed. Plugging design for an
abandonment hole shall include the
following:
(1) Open hole. (i) A cement plug shall
be placed to extend at least 50 feet
below the bottom (except as limited by
total depth (TD) or plugged back total
depth (PBTD)), to 50 feet above the top
of:
(A) Any zone encountered during
drilling which contains fluid or gas with
a potential to migrate; and (B) Any
prospectively valuable deposit of
minerals.
(ii) All cement plugs, except the
surface plug, shall have sufficient slurry
volume to fill 100 feet of hole, plus an
additional 10 percent of slurry for each
1,000 feet of depth.
(iii) No plug, except the surface plug,
shall be less than 25 sacks without
receiving specific approval from the
authorized officer.
(iv) Extremely thick sections of a
single formation may be secured by
placing 100-foot plugs across the top
and bottom of the formation, and in
accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of
this section.
(v) In the absence of productive zones
or prospectively valuable deposits of
minerals which otherwise require
placement of cement plugs, long
sections of open hole shall be plugged
at least every 3,000 feet. Such plugs
shall be placed across in-gauge sections
of the hole, unless otherwise approved
by the authorized officer.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(2) Cased hole. A cement plug shall be
placed opposite all open perforations
and extend to a minimum of 50 feet
below (except as limited by TD or
PBTD) to 50 feet above the perforated
interval. All cement plugs, except the
surface plug, shall have sufficient slurry
volume to fill 100 feet of hole, plus an
additional 10 percent of slurry for each
1,000 feet of depth. In lieu of the cement
plug, a bridge plug is acceptable,
provided:
(i) The bridge plug is set within 50
feet to 100 feet above the open
perforations; (ii) The perforations are
isolated from any open hole below; and
(iii) The bridge plug is capped with 50
feet of cement. If a bailer is used to cap
this plug, 35 feet of cement shall be
sufficient.
(3) Casing removed from hole. If any
casing is cut and recovered, a cement
plug shall be placed to extend at least
50 feet above and below the stub. The
exposed hole resulting from the casing
removal shall be secured as required in
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section.
(4) Cement plug. An additional
cement plug placed to extend a
minimum of 50 feet above and below
the shoe of the surface casing (or
intermediate string, as appropriate).
(5) Annular space. No annular space
that extends to the surface shall be left
open to the drilled hole below. If this
condition exists, a minimum of the top
50 feet of annulus shall be plugged with
cement.
(6) Isolating medium. Any cement
plug which is the only isolating medium
for a fresh water interval or a zone
containing a prospectively valuable
deposit of minerals shall be tested by
tagging with the drill string. Any plugs
placed where the fluid level will not
remain static also shall be tested by
either tagging the plug with the working
pipe string, or pressuring to a minimum
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
pump (surface) pressure of 1,000 psi,
with no more than a 10 percent drop
during a 15-minute period (cased hole
only). If the integrity of any other plug
is questionable, or if the authorized
officer has specific concerns for which
he/she orders a plug to be tested, it shall
be tested in the same manner.
(7) Silica sand or silica flour. Silica
sand or silica flour shall be added to
cement exposed to bottom hole static
temperatures above 230ßF to prevent
heat degradation of the cement.
(8) Surface plug. A cement plug of at
least 50 feet shall be placed across all
annuluses. The top of this plug shall be
placed as near the eventual casing cutoff
point as possible.
(9) Mud. Each of the intervals between
plugs shall be filled with mud of
sufficient density to exert hydrostatic
pressure exceeding the greatest
formation pressure encountered while
drilling such interval. In the absence of
other information at the time plugging is
approved, a minimum mud weight of 9
pounds per gallon shall be specified.
(10) Surface cap. All casing shall be
cut-off at the base of the cellar or 3 feet
below final restored ground level
(whichever is deeper). The well bore
shall then be covered with a metal plate
39537
at least 1⁄4 inch thick and welded in
place, or a 4-inch pipe, 10-feet in length,
4 feet above ground and embedded in
cement as specified by the authorized
officer. The well location and identity
shall be permanently inscribed. A weep
hole shall be left if a metal plate is
welded in place.
(11) Cellar. The cellar shall be filled
with suitable material as specified by
the authorized officer and the surface
restored in accordance with the
instructions of the authorized officer.
(b) Minimum standard. All plugging
orders shall be strictly adhered to.
TABLE 1 TO § 3172.12(b)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Contingent upon circumstances ......................................
§ 3172.13 Variances from minimum
standards.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
(a) An operator may request the
authorized officer to approve a variance
from any of the minimum standards
prescribed in §§ 3172.6 through
3172.12. All such requests shall be
submitted in writing to the appropriate
authorized officer and provide
information as to the circumstances
which warrant approval of the
variance(s) requested and the proposed
alternative methods by which the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
related minimum standard(s) are to be
satisfied. The authorized officer, after
considering all relevant factors, if
appropriate, may approve the requested
variance(s) if it is determined that the
proposed alternative(s) meet or exceed
the objectives of the applicable
minimum standard(s).
(b) Emergency or other situations of
an immediate nature that could not be
reasonably foreseen at the time of APD
approval may receive oral approval.
However, such requests shall be
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
followed up by a written notice filed not
later than the fifth business day
following oral approval.
Appendix A to Subpart 3172—
Diagrams of Choke Manifold
Equipment
BILLING CODE 4331–29–P
Figure 1 to Appendix A to Subpart
3172—2M Choke Manifold
Equipment
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39538
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
ER16JN23.001
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ER16JN23.000
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 2 to Appendix A to Subpart
3172—3M Choke Manifold
Equipment
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
39539
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ER16JN23.002
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 3 to Appendix A to Subpart
3172—5M Choke Manifold
Equipment
39540
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Figure 4 to Appendix A to Subpart
3172—10M and 15M Choke Manifold
Equipment
3. Add subparts 3176 and 3177 to read
as follows
■
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
Subpart 3176—Onshore Oil and Gas
Production: Hydrogen Sulfide
Operations
Sec.
3176.1 Authority.
3176.2 Purpose.
3176.3 Scope.
3176.4 Definitions.
3176.5 Requirements.
3176.6 Applications, approvals, and
reports.
3176.7 Public protection.
3176.8 Drilling/completion/workover
requirements.
3176.9 Production requirements.
3176.10 Variances from requirements.
3176.11 Incorporation by reference.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Authority: 25 U.S.C. 396d and 2107; 30
U.S.C. 189, 306, 359, and 1751; and 43 U.S.C.
1732(b), 1733, and 1740.
§ 3176.1
Authority.
This subpart is established pursuant
to the authority granted to the Secretary
of the Interior through various Federal
and Indian mineral leasing statutes and
the Federal Oil and Gas Royalty
Management Act of 1982. This authority
has been delegated to the Bureau of
Land Management and is implemented
by the onshore oil and gas operating
regulations contained in 43 CFR part
3160. More specifically, this subpart
implements and supplements the
provisions of 43 CFR 3162.1, 3162.5–
1(a), (c), and (d), 3162.5–2(a), and
3162.5–3.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 3176.2
Purpose.
The purpose of this subpart is to
protect public health and safety and
those personnel essential to maintaining
control of the well. This subpart
identifies the Bureau of Land
Management’s uniform national
requirements and minimum standards
of performance expected from operators
when conducting operations involving
oil or gas that is known or could
reasonably be expected to contain
hydrogen sulfide (H2S) or which results
in the emission of sulfur dioxide (SO2)
as a result of flaring H2S. This subpart
also identifies the gravity of violations,
probable corrective action(s), and
normal abatement periods.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ER16JN23.003
BILLING CODE 4331–29–C
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
§ 3176.3
Scope.
(a) This subpart is applicable to all
onshore Federal and Indian (except
Osage Tribe) oil and gas leases when
drilling, completing, testing, reworking,
producing, injecting, gathering, storing,
or treating operations are being
conducted in zones which are known or
could reasonably be expected to contain
H2S or which, when flared, could
produce SO2, in such concentrations
that upon release could constitute a
hazard to human life. The requirements
and minimum standards of this subpart
do not apply when operating in zones
where H2S is presently known not to be
present or cannot reasonably be
expected to be present in concentrations
of 100 parts per million (ppm) or more
in the gas stream.
(b) The requirements and minimum
standards in this subpart do not relieve
an operator from compliance with any
applicable Federal, State, or local
requirement(s) regarding H2S or SO2
which are more stringent.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3176.4
Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the term:
Authorized officer means any
employee of the Bureau of Land
Management authorized to perform the
duties described in 43 CFR parts 3000
and 3100 (43 CFR 3000.0–5).
Christmas tree means an assembly of
valves and fittings used to control
production and provide access to the
producing tubing string. The assembly
includes all equipment above the
tubinghead top flange.
Dispersion technique means a
mathematical representation of the
physical and chemical transportation,
dilution, and transformation of H2S gas
emitted into the atmosphere.
Escape rate means that the maximum
volume (Q) used as the escape rate in
determining the radius of exposure shall
be that specified in paragraphs (1)
through (4) of this definition, as
applicable:
(1) For a production facility, the
escape rate shall be calculated using the
maximum daily rate of gas produced
through that facility or the best estimate
thereof;
(2) For gas wells, the escape rate shall
be calculated by using the current daily
absolute open-flow rate against
atmospheric pressure;
(3) For oil wells, the escape rate shall
be calculated by multiplying the
producing gas/oil ratio by the maximum
daily production rate or best estimate
thereof; or
(4) For a well being drilled in a
developed area, the escape rate may be
determined by using the offset wells
completed in the interval(s) in question.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Essential personnel means those onsite personnel directly associated with
the operation being conducted and
necessary to maintain control of the
well.
Exploratory well means any well
drilled beyond the known producing
limits of a pool.
Gas well means a well for which the
energy equivalent of the gas produced,
including the entrained liquid
hydrocarbons, exceeds the energy
equivalent of the oil produced.
H2S Drilling Operations Plan means a
written plan which provides for safety
of essential personnel and for
maintaining control of the well with
regard to H2S and SO2.
Lessee means a person or entity
holding record title in a lease issued by
the United States (43 CFR 3160.0–5).
Major violation means noncompliance
which causes or threatens immediate.
substantial, and adverse impacts on
public health and safety, the
environment, production accountability,
or royalty income (43 CFR 3160.0–5).
Minor violation means
noncompliance which does not rise to
the level of a major violation (43 CFR
3160.0–5).
Oil well means a well for which the
energy equivalent of the oil produced
exceeds the energy equivalent of the gas
produced, including the entrained
liquid hydrocarbons.
Operating rights owner means a
person or entity holding operating rights
in a lease issued by the United States.
A lessee may also be an operating rights
owner if the operating rights in a lease
or portion thereof have not been severed
from record title (43 CFR 3160.0–5).
Operator means any person or entity
including but not limited to the lessee
or operating rights owner who has
stated in writing to the authorized
officer that he/she is responsible under
the terms of the lease for the operations
conducted on the leased lands or a
portion thereof (43 CFR 3160.0–5).
Potentially hazardous volume means
a volume of gas of such H2S
concentration and flow rate that it may
result in radius of exposure-calculated
ambient concentrations of 100 ppm H2S
at any occupied residence, school,
church, park, school bus stop, place of
business, or other area where the public
could reasonably be expected to
frequent, or 500 ppm H2S at any
Federal, State, County, or municipal
road or highway.
Production facilities means any
wellhead, flowline, piping, treating, or
separating equipment, water disposal
pits, processing plant, or combination
thereof prior to the approved
measurement point for any lease,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39541
communitization agreement, or unit
participating area.
Prompt correction means immediate
correction of violations, with operation
suspended if required at the discretion
of the authorized officer.
Public Protection Plan means a
written plan which provides for the
safety of the potentially affected public
with regard to H2S and SO2.
Radius of exposure means the
calculation resulting from using the
following Pasquill-Gifford derived
equation, or by such other method(s) as
may be approved by the authorized
officer:
(1) For determining the 100 ppm
radius of exposure where the H2S
concentration in the gas stream is less
than 10:
X = [1.589)(H2S
concentration)(Q)](0.6258); or
(2) For determining the 500 ppm
radius of exposure where the H2S
concentration in the gas stream is less
than 10:
X = [(0.4546)(H2S
concentration)(Q)](0.6258)
Where:
X = radius of exposure in feet;
H2S Concentration = decimal equivalent of
the mole or volume fractions of H2S in
the gaseous mixture; and
Q = maximum volume of gas determined to
be available for escape in cubic feet per
day (at standard conditions of 14.73 psia
and 60°F).
(3) For determining the 100 ppm or
the 500 ppm radius of exposure in gas
streams containing H2S concentrations
of 10 percent or greater, a dispersion
technique that takes into account
representative wind speed, direction,
atmospheric stability, complex terrain,
and other dispersion features shall be
utilized. Such techniques may include,
but shall not be limited to, one of a
series of computer models outlined in
the Environmental Protection Agency’s
‘‘Guidelines on Air Quality Models’’
(EPA–450/2–78–027R).
(4) Where multiple H2S sources (i.e.,
wells, treatment equipment, flowlines,
etc.) are present, the operator may elect
to utilize a radius of exposure which
covers a larger area than would be
calculated using radius of exposure
formula for each component part of the
drilling/completion/workover/
production system.
(5) For a well being drilled in an area
where insufficient data exits to calculate
a radius of exposure, but where H2S
could reasonably be expected to be
present in concentrations in excess of
100 ppm in the gas stream, a 100 ppm
radius of exposure equal to 3,000 feet
shall be assumed.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39542
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Zones known not to contain H2S
means geological formations in a field
where prior drilling, logging, coring,
testing, or producing operations have
confirmed the absence of H2S-bearing
zones that contain 100 ppm or more of
H2S in the gas stream.
Zones known to contain H2S means
geological formations in a field where
prior drilling, logging, coring, testing, or
producing operations have confirmed
that H2S-bearing zones will be
encountered that contain 100 ppm or
more of H2S in the gas stream.
Zones which can reasonably be
expected to contain H2S means
geological formations in the area which
have not had prior drilling, but prior
drilling to the same formations in
similar field(s) within the same geologic
basin indicates there is a potential for
100 ppm or more of H2S in the gas
stream.
Zones which cannot reasonably be
expected to contain H2S means
geological formations in the area which
have not had prior drilling, but prior
drilling to the same formations in
similar field(s) within the same geologic
basin indicates there is not a potential
for 100 ppm or more of H2S in the gas
stream.
§ 3176.5
Requirements.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
The requirements of this subpart are
the minimum acceptable standards with
regard to H2S operations. This subpart
also classifies violations as typically
major or minor for purposes of the
assessment and penalty provisions of 43
CFR part 3160, subpart 3163, specifies
the corrective action which will
probably be required, and establishes
the normal abatement period following
detection of a major or minor violation
in which the violator may take such
corrective action without incurring an
assessment. However, the authorized
officer may, after consideration of all
appropriate factors, require reasonable
and necessary standards, corrective
actions, and abatement periods that
may, in some cases, vary from those
specified in this subpart that he/she
determines to be necessary to protect
public health and safety, the
environment, or to maintain control of
a well to prevent waste of Federal
mineral resources. To the extent such
standards, actions, or abatement periods
differ from those set forth in this
subpart, they may be subject to review
pursuant to 43 CFR 3165.3.
§ 3176.6
reports.
Applications, approvals, and
(a) Drilling. For proposed drilling
operations where formations will be
penetrated which have zones known to
contain or which could reasonably be
expected to contain concentrations of
H2S of 100 ppm or more in the gas
stream, the H2S Drilling Operation Plan
and, if the applicability criteria in
§ 3176.7(a) are met, a Public Protection
Plan as outlined in § 3176.7(b), shall be
submitted as part of the Application for
Permit to Drill (APD) (refer to subpart
3171 of this part). In cases where
multiple filings are being made with a
single drilling plan, a single H2S
Drilling Operations Plan and, if
applicable, a single Public Protection
Plan may be submitted for the lease,
communitization agreement, unit, or
field in accordance with subpart 3171.
Failure to submit either the H2S Drilling
Operations Plan or the Public Protection
Plan when required by this subpart shall
result in an incomplete APD pursuant to
43 CFR 3162.3–1.
(b) Drilling plan. The H2S Drilling
Operations Plan shall fully describe the
manner in which the requirements and
minimum standards in § 3176.8, shall be
met and implemented. As required by
this subpart (§ 3176.8), the following
must be submitted in the H2S Drilling
Operations Plan:
(1) Statement that all personnel shall
receive proper H2S training in
accordance, with § 3176.8(c)(1).
(2) A legible well site diagram of
accurate scale (may be included as part
of the well site layout as required by
subpart 3171 of this part) showing the
following:
(i) Drill rig orientation;
(ii) Prevailing wind direction;
(iii) Terrain of surrounding area;
(iv) Location of all briefing areas
(designate primary briefing area);
(v) Location of access road(s)
(including secondary egress);
(vi) Location of flare line(s) and pit(s);
(vii) Location of caution and/or
danger signs; and
(viii) Location of wind direction
indicators.
(3) As required by this subpart, a
complete description of the following
H2S safety equipment/systems:
(i) Well control equipment. (A) Flare
line(s) and means of ignition;
(B) Remote controlled choke;
(C) Flare gun/flares; and
(D) Mud-gas separator and rotating
head (if exploratory well);
(ii) Protective equipment for essential
personnel. (A) Location, type, storage,
and maintenance of all working and
escape breathing apparatus; and
(B) Means of communication when
using protective breathing apparatus;
(iii) H2S detection and monitoring
equipment. (A) H2S sensors and
associated audible/visual alarm(s); and
(B) Portable H2S and SO2 monitor(s);
(iv) Visual warning systems. (A) Wind
direction indicators; and (B) Caution/
danger sign(s) and flag(s);
(v) Mud program. (A) Mud system and
additives; and (B) Mud degassing
system;
(vi) Metallurgy. Metallurgical
properties of all tubular goods and well
control equipment which could be
exposed to H2S (§ 3176.8(d)(3)); and
(vii) Communication. Means of
communication from wellsite.
(4) Plans for well testing.
(c) Production. (1) For each existing
production facility having an H2S
concentration of 100 ppm or more in the
gas stream, the operator shall calculate
and submit the calculations to the
authorized officer within 180 days of
January 22, 1991, the 100 and, if
applicable, the 500 ppm radii of
exposure for all facilities to determine if
the applicability criteria in § 3176.7(a)
are met. Radii of exposure calculations
shall not be required for oil or water
flowlines. Further, if any of the
applicability criteria (§ 3176.7(a)) are
met, the operator shall submit a
complete Public Protection Plan which
meets the requirements of § 3176.7(b)(2)
to the authorized officer within 1 year
of January 22, 1991. For production
facilities constructed after January 22,
1991, and meeting the minimum
concentration (100 ppm in gas stream),
the operator shall report the radii of
exposure calculations, and if the
applicability criteria in § 3176.7(a) are
met, submit a complete Public
Protection Plan (§ 3176.7(b)(2)) to the
authorized officer within 60 days after
completion of production facilities.
TABLE 1 TO § 3176.6(c)(1)
Violation
Minor for failure to submit
required information.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Submit required information (radii of exposure and/or
complete Public Protection Plan).
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
20 to 40 days.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(2) The operator shall initially test the
H2S concentration of the gas stream for
each well or production facility and
39543
shall make the results available to the
authorized officer, upon request.
TABLE 2 TO § 3176.6(c)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Test gas from well or production facility .........................
(3) If operational or production
alterations result in a 5 percent or more
increase in the H2S concentration (i.e.,
well recompletion, increased gas-to-oil
Normal abatement period
20 to 40 days.
ratios) or the radius of exposure as
calculated under paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, notification of such changes
shall be submitted to the authorized
officer within 60 days after
identification of the change.
TABLE 3 TO § 3176.6(c)(3)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Submit information to authorized officer .........................
(d) Plans and reports. (1) H2S Drilling
Operations Plan(s) or Public Protection
Plan(s) shall be reviewed by the
Normal abatement period
20 to 40 days.
operator on an annual basis and a copy
of any necessary revisions shall be
submitted to the authorized officer upon
request.
TABLE 4 TO § 3176.6(d)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Submit information to authorized officer .........................
(2) Any release of a potentially
hazardous volume of H2S shall be
Normal abatement period
20 to 40 days.
reported to the authorized officer as
soon as practicable, but no later than 24
hours following identification of the
release.
TABLE 5 TO § 3176.6(d)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Report undesirable event to the authorized officer ........
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3176.7
Public protection.
(a) Applicability criteria. For both
drilling/completion/workover and
production operations, the H2S radius of
exposure shall be determined on all
wells and production facilities subject
to this subpart. A Public Protection Plan
(paragraph (b) of this section) shall be
required when any of the following
conditions apply:
(1) The 100 ppm radius of exposure
is greater than 50 feet and includes any
occupied residence, school, church,
park, school bus stop, place of business,
or other areas where the public could
reasonably be expected to frequent;
(2) The 500 ppm radius of exposure
is greater than 50 feet and includes any
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
part of a Federal, State, County, or
municipal road or highway owned and
principally maintained for public use;
or
(3) The 100 ppm radius of exposure
is equal to or greater than 3,000 feet
where facilities or roads are principally
maintained for public use. Additional
specific requirements for drilling/
completion/workover or producing
operations are described in §§ 3176.8
and 3176.9, respectively.
(b) Public Protection Plan—(1) Plan
submission/implementation/
availability. (i) A Public Protection Plan
providing details of actions to alert and
protect the public in the event of a
release of a potentially hazardous
volume of H2S shall be submitted to the
authorized officer as required by
§ 3176.6(a) for drilling or by § 3176.6(c)
for producing operations when the
applicability criteria established in
paragraph (a) of this section are met.
One plan may be submitted for each
well, lease, communitization agreement,
unit, or field, at the operator’s
discretion. The Public Protection Plan
shall be maintained and updated, in
accordance with § 3176.6(d).
(ii) The Public Protection Plan shall
be activated immediately upon
detection of release of a potentially
hazardous volume of H2S.
TABLE 1 TO § 3176.7(b)(1)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Immediate implementation of the Public Protection Plan
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Normal abatement period
Sfmt 4700
Prompt correction required.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39544
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) A copy of the Public Protection
Plan shall be available at the drilling/
completion site for such wells and at the
facility, field office, or with the pumper,
as appropriate, for producing wells,
facilities, and during workover
operations.
TABLE 2 TO § 3176.7(b)(1)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Make copy of Plan available ...........................................
(2) Plan content. (i) The details of the
Public Protection Plan may vary
according to the site-specific
characteristics (concentration, volume,
terrain, etc.) expected to be encountered
and the number and proximity of the
population potentially at risk. In the
areas of high population density or in
other special cases, the authorized
officer may require more stringent plans
to be developed. These may include
public education seminars, mass alert
systems, and use of sirens, telephone,
radio, and television depending on the
number of people at risk and their
location with respect to the well site.
(ii) The Public Protection Plan shall
include:
(A) The responsibilities and duties of
key personnel, and instructions for
alerting the public and requesting
assistance;
(B) A list of names and telephone
numbers of residents, those responsible
for safety of public roadways, and
individuals responsible for the safety of
occupants of buildings within the 100
ppm radius of exposure (e.g., school
principals, building managers, etc.) as
defined by the applicability criteria in
paragraph (a) of this section. The
operator shall ensure that those who are
at the greatest risk are notified first. The
Plan shall define when and how people
Normal abatement period
24 hours (drilling/completion/workover), 5 to 7 days
(production).
are to be notified in case of an H2S
emergency;
(C) A telephone call list (including
telephone numbers) for requesting
assistance from law enforcement, fire
department, and medical personnel and
Federal and State regulatory agencies, as
required. Necessary information to be
communicated and the emergency
responses that may be required shall be
listed. This information shall be based
on previous contacts with these
organizations;
(D) A legible 100 ppm (or 3,000 feet,
if conditions unknown) radius plat of all
private and public dwellings, schools,
roads, recreational areas, and other areas
where the public might reasonably be
expected to frequent;
(E) Advance briefings, by visit,
meeting, or letter to the people
identified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of
this section, including:
(1) Hazards of H2S and SO2;
(2) Necessity for an emergency action
plan;
(3) Possible sources of H2S and S02;
(4) Instructions for reporting a leak to
the operator;
(5) The manner in which the public
shall be notified of an emergency; and
(6) Steps to be taken in case of an
emergency, including evacuation of any
people;
(F) Guidelines for the ignition of the
H2S bearing gas. The Plan shall
designate the title or position of the
person(s) who has the authority to ignite
the escaping gas and define when, how,
and by whom the gas is to be ignited;
(G) Additional measures necessary
following the release of H2S and SO2
until the release is contained are as
follows:
(1) Monitoring of H2S and SO2 levels
and wind direction in the affected area;
(2) Maintenance of site security and
access control;
(3) Communication of status of well
control; and
(4) Other necessary measures as
required by the authorized officer; and
(H) For production facilities, a
description of the detection system(s)
utilized to determine the concentration
of H2S released.
§ 3176.8 Drilling/completion/workover
requirements.
(a) General. (1) A copy of the H2S
Drilling Operations Plan shall be
available during operations at the well
site, beginning when the operation is
subject to the terms of this subpart (i.e.,
3 days or 500 feet of known or probable
H2S zone).
TABLE 1 TO § 3176.8(a)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Make copy of Plan available ...........................................
(2) Initial H2S training shall be
completed and all H2S related safety
equipment shall be installed, tested, and
operational when drilling reaches a
depth of 500 feet above, or 3 days prior
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
to penetrating (whichever comes first)
the first zone containing or reasonably
expected to contain H2S. A specific H2S
operations plan for completion and
workover operations will not be
required for approval. For completion
and workover operations, all required
equipment and warning systems shall
be operational and training completed
prior to commencing operations.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 2 TO § 3176.8(a)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Implement H2S operational requirements, such as completion of training and/or installation, repair, or replacement of equipment, as necessary.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Normal abatement period
Sfmt 4700
Prompt correction required.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(3) If H2S was not anticipated at the
time the APD was approved, but is
encountered in excess of 100 ppm in the
gas stream, the following measures shall
be taken:
(i) The operator shall immediately
ensure control of the well, suspend
drilling ahead operations (unless
detrimental to well control), and obtain
materials and safety equipment to bring
39545
the operations into compliance with the
applicable provisions of this subpart.
TABLE 3 TO § 3176.8(a)(3)(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Implement H2S operational requirements, as applicable
(ii) The operator shall notify the
authorized officer of the event and the
mitigating steps that have or are being
taken as soon as possible, but no later
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
than the next business day. If said
notification is subsequent to actual
resumption of drilling operations, the
operator shall notify the authorized
officer of the date that drilling was
resumed no later than the next business
day.
TABLE 4 TO § 3176.8(a)(3)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Notify authorized officer ..................................................
(iii) It is the operator’s responsibility
to ensure that the applicable
requirements of this subpart have been
met prior to the resumption of drilling
ahead operations. Drilling ahead
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
operations will not be suspended
pending receipt of a written H2S Drilling
Operations Plan(s) and, if necessary,
Public Protection Plan(s) provided that
complete copies of the applicable
Plan(s) are filed with the authorized
officer for approval within 5 business
days following resumption of drilling
ahead operations.
TABLE 5 TO § 3176.8(a)(3)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Submit plans to authorized officer ..................................
(b) Locations. (1) Where practical, 2
roads shall be established, 1 at each end
of the location, or as dictated by
Normal abatement period
5 days.
prevailing winds and terrain. If an
alternate road is not practical, a clearly
marked footpath shall be provided to a
safe area. The purpose of such an
alternate escape route is only to provide
a means of egress to a safe area.
TABLE 6 TO § 3176.8(b)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Minor ....................................
Designate or establish an alternate escape route ..........
24 hours.
(2) The alternate escape route shall be
kept passable at all times.
TABLE 7 TO § 3176.8(b)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Minor ....................................
Make alternate escape route passable ...........................
24 hours.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
(3) For workovers, a secondary means
of egress shall be designated.
TABLE 8 TO § 3176.8(b)(3)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Designate secondary means of egress ..........................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Normal abatement period
Sfmt 4700
24 hours.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39546
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(c) Personnel protection—(1) Training
program. The operator shall ensure that
all personnel who will be working at the
wellsite will be properly trained in H2S
drilling and contingency procedures in
accordance with the general training
requirements outlined in API RP–49,
Section 2 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 3176.11). (The use of later editions of
API RP–49 is deemed to comply with
the requirements of this paragraph
(c)(1).) The operator also shall ensure
that the training will be accomplished
prior to a well coming under the terms
of this subpart (i.e., 3 days or 500 feet
of known or probable H2S zone). In
addition to the requirements of API RP–
49, a minimum of an initial training
session and weekly H2S and well
control drills for all personnel in each
working crew shall be conducted. The
initial training session for each well
shall include a review of the sitespecific Drilling Operations Plan and, if
applicable, the Public Protection Plan.
TABLE 9 TO § 3176.8(c)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Major ....................................
Train all personnel and conduct drills .............................
Prompt correction required.
(i) All training sessions and drills
shall be recorded on the driller’s log or
its equivalent.
TABLE 10 TO § 3176.8(c)(1)(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Record on driller’s log or equivalent ...............................
(ii) For drilling/completion/workover
wells, at least 2 briefing areas shall be
designated for assembly of personnel
during emergency conditions, located a
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
minimum of 150 feet from the well bore,
and 1 of the briefing areas shall be
upwind of the well at all times. The
briefing area located most normally
upwind shall be designated as the
‘‘primary briefing area.’’
TABLE 11 TO § 3176.8(c)(1)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Designate briefing areas .................................................
(iii) One person (by job title) shall be
designated and identified to all on-site
personnel as the person primarily
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
responsible for the overall operation of
the on-site safety and training programs.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 12 TO § 3176.8(c)(1)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Designate safety responsibilities .....................................
(2) Protective equipment. (i) The
operator shall ensure that proper
respiratory protection equipment
program is implemented, in accordance
with ANSI Z88.2–1992 (incorporated by
reference, see § 3176.11). (The use of
ANSI Z88.2–1980 is deemed to comply
with the requirements of this paragraph
(d)(2)(i).) Proper protective breathing
apparatus shall be readily accessible to
all essential personnel on a drilling/
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
completion/workover site. Escape and
pressure-demand type working
equipment shall be provided for
essential personnel in the H2S
environment to maintain or regain
control of the well. For pressuredemand type working equipment those
essential personnel shall be able to
obtain a continuous seal to the face with
the equipment. The operator shall
ensure that service companies have the
proper respiratory protection equipment
when called to the location.
Lightweight, escape-type, self-contained
breathing apparatus with a minimum of
5-minute rated supply shall be readily
accessible at a location for the
derrickman and at any other location(s)
where escape from an H2S contaminated
atmosphere would be difficult.
TABLE 13 TO § 3176.8(c)(2)(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Acquire, repair, or replace equipment, as necessary .....
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Normal abatement period
Sfmt 4700
Prompt correction required.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Storage and maintenance of
protective breathing apparatus shall be
planned to ensure that at least 1
39547
working apparatus per person is readily
available for all essential personnel.
TABLE 14 TO § 3176.8(c)(2)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Acquire or rearrange equipment, as necessary .............
(iii) The following additional safety
equipment shall be available for use:
(A) Effective means of communication
when using protective breathing
apparatus;
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
(B) Flare gun and flares to ignite the
well; and
(C) Telephone, radio, mobile phone,
or any other device that provides
communication from a safe area at the
rig location, where practical.
TABLE 15 TO § 3176.8(c)(2)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Acquire, repair, or replace equipment ............................
(3) H2S detection and monitoring
equipment. (i) Each drilling/completion
site shall have an H2S detection and
monitoring system that automatically
activates visible and audible alarms
when the ambient air concentration of
H2S reaches the threshold limits of 10
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
and 15 ppm in air, respectively. The
sensors shall have a rapid response time
and be capable of sensing a minimum of
10 ppm of H2S in ambient air, with at
least 3 sensing points located at the
shale shaker, rig floor, and bell nipple
for a drilling site and the cellar, rig
floor, and circulating tanks or shale
shaker for a completion site. The
detection system shall be installed,
calibrated, tested, and maintained in
accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
TABLE 16 TO § 3176.8(c)(3)(i)
Violation
Major ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Install, repair, calibrate, or replace equipment, as necessary.
Prompt correction required.
(ii) All tests of the H2S monitoring
system shall be recorded on the driller’s
log or its equivalent.
TABLE 17 TO § 3176.8(c)(3)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Record on driller’s log or equivalent ...............................
(iii) For workover operations, 1
operational sensing point shall be
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
located as close to the wellbore as
practical. Additional sensing points may
be necessary for large and/or long-term
operations.
TABLE 18 TO § 3176.8(c)(3)(iii)
Violation
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
Major ....................................
Corrective action
Install, repair, calibrate, or replace equipment, as necessary.
(4) Visible warning system. (i)
Equipment to indicate wind direction at
all times shall be installed at prominent
locations and shall be visible at all times
during drilling operations. At least 2
such wind direction indicators (i.e.,
windsocks, windvanes, pennants with
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Normal abatement period
Jkt 259001
Prompt correction required.
tailstreamers, etc.) shall be located at
separate elevations (i.e., near ground
level, rig floor, and/or treetop height).
At least 1 wind direction indicator shall
be clearly visible from all principal
working areas at all times so that wind
direction can be easily determined. For
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
completion/workover operations, 1
wind direction indicator shall suffice,
provided it is visible from all principal
working areas on the location. In
addition, a wind direction indicator at
each of the 2 briefing areas shall be
provided if the wind direction
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39548
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
indicator(s) previously required in this
paragraph (c)(4)(i) are not visible from
the briefing areas.
TABLE 19 TO § 3176.8(c)(4)(i)
Violation
Minor ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Install, repair, move, or replace wind direction indicator(s), as necessary.
(ii) At any time when the terms of this
subpart are in effect, operational danger
24 hours.
or caution sign(s) shall be displayed
along all controlled accesses to the site.
TABLE 20 TO § 3176.8(c)(4)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Minor ....................................
Erect appropriate signs ...................................................
24 hours.
(iii) Each sign shall be painted a high
visibility red, black and white, or yellow
with black lettering.
TABLE 21 TO § 3176.8(c)(4)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Replace or alter sign, as necessary ...............................
(iv) The sign(s) shall be legible and
large enough to be read by all persons
entering the well site and be placed a
Normal abatement period
5 to 20 days.
minimum of 200 feet but no more than
500 feet from the well site and at a
location which allows vehicles to turn
around at a safe distance prior to
reaching the site.
TABLE 22 TO § 3176.8(c)(4)(iv)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Replace, alter, or move sign, as necessary ...................
(v) The sign(s) shall read:
‘‘DANGER—POISON GAS—
HYDROGEN SULFIDE,’’ and in smaller
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
lettering: ‘‘Do Not Approach If Red Flag
is Flying’’ or equivalent language if
approved by the authorized officer.
Where appropriate, bilingual or
multilingual danger sign(s) shall be
used.
TABLE 23 TO § 3176.8(c)(4)(v)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Alter sign(s), as necessary .............................................
(vi) All sign(s) and, when appropriate,
flag(s) shall be visible to all personnel
Normal abatement period
5 to 20 days.
approaching the location under normal
lighting and weather conditions.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 24 TO § 3176.8(c)(4)(vi)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Major ....................................
Erect or move sign(s) and/or flag(s), as necessary .......
24 hours.
(vii) When H2S is detected in excess
of 10 ppm at any detection point, red
flag(s) shall be displayed.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
39549
TABLE 25 TO § 3176.8(c)(4)(vii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Display red flag ...............................................................
(5) Warning system response. When
H2S is detected in excess of 10 ppm at
any detection point, all non-essential
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
personnel shall be moved to a safe area
and essential personnel (i.e., those
necessary to maintain control of the
well) shall wear pressure-demand type
protective breathing apparatus. Once
accomplished, operations may proceed.
TABLE 26 TO § 3176.8(c)(5)
Violation
Major ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Move non-essential personnel to safe area and maskup essential personnel.
(d) Operating procedures and
equipment—(1) General/operations.
Drilling/completion/workover
operations in H2S areas shall be subject
to the following requirements:
Prompt correction required.
(i) If zones containing in excess of 100
ppm of H2S gas are encountered while
drilling with air, gas, mist, other
nonmud circulating mediums or aerated
mud, the well shall be killed with a
water- or oil-based mud and mud shall
be used thereafter as the circulating
medium for continued drilling.
TABLE 27 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Major ....................................
Convert to appropriate fluid medium ..............................
Prompt correction required.
(ii) A flare system shall be designed
and installed to safely gather and burn
H2S-bearing gas.
TABLE 28 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install flare system ..........................................................
(iii) Flare lines shall be located as far
from the operating site as feasible and
in a manner to compensate for wind
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
changes. The flare line(s) mouth(s) shall
be located not less than 150 feet from
the wellbore unless otherwise approved
by the authorized officer. Flare lines
shall be straight unless targeted with
running tees.
TABLE 29 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Minor ....................................
Adjust flare line(s) as necessary .....................................
24 hours.
(iv) The flare system shall be
equipped with a suitable and safe means
of ignition.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 30 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(iv)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Major ....................................
Install, repair, or replace equipment, as necessary ........
24 hours.
(v) Where noncombustible gas is to be
flared, the system shall be provided
supplemental fuel to maintain ignition.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39550
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 31 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(v)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Acquire supplemental fuel ...............................................
(vi) At any wellsite where SO2, may
be released as a result of flaring of H2S
during drilling, completion, or workover
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
operations, the operator shall make SO2,
portable detection equipment available
for checking the SO2 level in the flare
impact area.
TABLE 32 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(vi)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Acquire, repair, or replace equipment as necessary ......
(vii) If the flare impact area reaches a
sustained ambient threshold level of 2
ppm or greater of SO2 in air and
Normal abatement period
24 hours to 3 days.
includes any occupied residence,
school, church, park, or place of
business, or other area where the public
could reasonably be expected to
frequent, the Public Protection Plan
shall be implemented.
TABLE 33 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(vii)
Violation
Major ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Contain SO2 release and/or implement Public Protection Plan.
(viii) A remote controlled choke shall
be installed for all H2S drilling and,
Prompt correction required.
where feasible, for completion
operations. A remote-controlled valve
may be used in lieu of this requirement
for completion operations.
TABLE 34 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(viii)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Major ....................................
Install, repair, or replace equipment, as necessary ........
Prompt correction required.
(ix) Mud-gas separators and rotating
heads shall be installed and operable for
all exploratory wells.
TABLE 35 TO § 3176.8(d)(1)(ix)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install, repair, or replace equipment, as necessary ........
(2) Mud program. (i) A pH of 10 or
above in a fresh water-base mud system
shall be maintained to control corrosion,
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
H2S gas returns to surface, and
minimize sulfide stress cracking and
embrittlement unless other formation
conditions or mud types justify to the
authorized officer a lesser pH level is
necessary.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 36 TO § 3176.8(d)(2)(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Adjust pH .........................................................................
(ii) Drilling mud containing H2S gas
shall be degassed in accordance with
API RP–49, sec. 5.14 (incorporated by
reference, see § 3176.11), at an optimum
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
location for the rig configuration. These
gases shall be piped into the flare
system. (The use of later editions of API
RP–49 is deemed to comply with the
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
requirements of this paragraph
(d)(2)(ii).)
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
39551
TABLE 37 TO § 3176.8(d)(2)(ii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Install, repair, or replace equipment, as necessary ........
(iii) Sufficient quantities of mud
additives shall be maintained on
location to scavenge and/or neutralize
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
H2S where formation pressures are
unknown.
TABLE 38 TO § 3176.8(d)(2)(iii)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Obtain proper mud additives ...........................................
(3) Metallurgical equipment. (i) All
equipment that has the potential to be
exposed to H2S shall be suitable for H2S
service. Equipment which shall meet
these metallurgical standards include
the drill string, casing, wellhead,
blowout preventer assembly, casing
head and spool, rotating head, kill lines,
choke, choke manifold and lines, valves,
mud-gas separators, drill-stem test tools,
test units, tubing, flanges, and other
related equipment.
(ii) To minimize stress corrosion
cracking and/or H2S embrittlement, the
equipment shall be constructed of
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
material whose metallurgical properties
are chosen with consideration for both
an H2S working environment and the
anticipated stress. The metallurgical
properties of the materials used shall
conform to NACE MR 0175–2021
(incorporated by reference, see
§ 3176.11). (The use of NACE MR 0175–
90 through NACE MR 0175–2021 is
deemed to comply with the
requirements of this paragraph
(d)(3)(ii).) These metallurgical
properties include the grade of steel, the
processing method (rolled, normalized,
tempered, and/or quenched), and the
resulting strength properties. The
working environment considerations
include the H2S concentration, the well
fluid pH, and the wellbore pressures
and temperatures. Elastomers, packing,
and similar inner parts exposed to H2S
shall be resistant at the maximum
anticipated temperature of exposure.
The manufacturer’s verification of
design for use in an H2S environment
shall be sufficient verification of
suitable service in accordance with this
subpart.
TABLE 39 TO § 3176.8(d)(3)(ii)
Violation
Major ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Install, repair, or replace appropriate equipment, as
necessary.
(4) Well testing in an H2S
environment. Testing shall be performed
with a minimum number of personnel
in the immediate vicinity which are
Prompt correction required.
necessary to safely and adequately
operate the test equipment. Except with
prior approval by the authorized officer,
the drill-stem testing of H2S zones shall
be conducted only during daylight
hours and formation fluids shall not be
flowed to the surface (closed chamber
only).
TABLE 40 TO § 3176.8(d)(4)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Terminate the well test ....................................................
§ 3176.9
Production requirements.
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required.
section shall be brought into
conformance within 1 year after January
22, 1991. All existing equipment that is
in a safe working condition as of
January 22, 1991, is specifically exempt
(a) General. (1) All existing
production facilities which do not
currently meet the requirements and
minimum standards set forth in this
from the metallurgical requirements
prescribed in paragraph (c)(7) of this
section.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 1 TO § 3176.9(a)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Bring facility into compliance ..........................................
(2) Production facilities constructed
after January 22, 1991, shall be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
60 days.
designed, constructed, and operated to
meet the requirements and minimum
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
standards set forth in this section. Any
variations from the standards or
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39552
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
established time frames shall be
approved by the authorized officer in
accordance with the provisions of
§ 3176.10. Except for storage tanks, a
determination of the radius of exposure
for all production facilities shall be
made in the manner prescribed in
§ 3176.4.
TABLE 2 TO § 3176.9(a)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Bring facility into compliance ..........................................
(3) At any production facility or
storage tank(s) where the sustained
ambient H2S concentration is in excess
of 10 ppm at 50 feet from the production
Normal abatement period
60 days.
facility or storage tank(s) as measured at
ground level under calm (1 mph)
conditions, the operator shall collect or
reduce vapors from the system and they
shall be sold, beneficially used,
reinjected, or flared provided terrain
and conditions permit.
TABLE 3 TO § 3176.9(a)(3)
Violation
Major, if the authorized officer determines that a
health or safety problem
to the public is imminent,
otherwise minor.
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Bring facility into compliance ..........................................
(b) Storage tanks. Storage tanks
containing produced fluids and utilized
as part of a production operation and
operated at or near atmospheric
pressure, where the vapor accumulation
has an H2S concentration in excess of
3 days for major, 30 days for minor.
500 ppm in the tank, shall be subject to
the following:
(1) No determination of a radius of
exposure need be made for storage
tanks.
(2) All stairs/ladders leading to the
top of storage tanks shall be chained
and/or marked to restrict entry. For any
storage, tank(s) which require fencing
(see paragraph (b)(6) of this section), a
danger sign posted at the gate(s) shall
suffice in lieu of this requirement.
TABLE 4 TO § 3176.9(b)(2)
Violation
Minor ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Chain or mark stair(s)/ladder(s) or post sign, as necessary.
(3) A danger sign shall be posted on
or within 50 feet of the storage tank(s)
to alert the public of the potential H2S
5 to 20 days.
danger. For any storage tank(s) which
require fencing (see paragraph (b)(6) of
this section), a danger sign posted at the
locked gate(s) shall suffice in lieu of this
requirement.
TABLE 5 TO § 3176.9(b)(3)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Post or move sign(s), as necessary ...............................
(4) The sign(s) shall be painted in
high-visibility red, black, and white.
The sign(s) shall read: ‘‘DANGER—
Normal abatement period
5 to 20 days.
POISON GAS—HYDROGEN SULFIDE’’
or equivalent language if approved by
the authorized officer. Where
appropriate, bilingual or multilingual
warning signs shall be used.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 6 TO § 3176.9(b)(4)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Post, move, replace, or alter sign(s), as necessary .......
(5) At least 1 permanent wind
direction indicator shall be installed so
that wind direction can be easily
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
20 to 40 days.
determined at or approaching the
storage tank(s).
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
39553
TABLE 7 TO § 3176.9(b)(5)
Violation
Minor ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Install, repair, or replace wind direction indicator, as
necessary.
(6) A minimum 5-foot chain-link, 5strand barbed wire, or comparable type
fence and gate(s) that restrict(s) public
access shall be required when storage
20 to 40 days.
tanks are located within 1⁄4 mile of or
contained inside a city or incorporated
limits of a town or within 1⁄4 mile of an
occupied residence, school, church,
park, playground, school bus stop, place
of business, or where the public could
reasonably be expected to frequent.
TABLE 8 TO § 3176.9(b)(6)
Violation
Minor ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Install, repair, or replace fence and/or gate(s), as necessary.
20 to 40 days.
(7) Gate(s), as required by paragraph
(b)(6) of this section, shall be locked
when unattended by the operator.
TABLE 9 TO § 3176.9(b)(7)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Lock gate .........................................................................
(c) Production facilities. Production
facilities containing 100 ppm or more of
H2S in the gas stream shall be subject to
the following:
(1) Danger signs as specified in
paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall be
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
posted on or within 50 feet of each
production facility to alert the public of
the potential H2S danger. In the event
the storage tanks and production
facilities are located at the same site, 1
such danger sign shall suffice. Further,
for any facilities which require fencing
(paragraph (b)(6) of this section), 1 such
danger sign at the gate(s) shall suffice in
lieu of this requirement.
TABLE 10 TO § 3176.9(c)(1)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Post, move, or alter sign(s), as necessary .....................
(2) Danger signs, as specified in
paragraph (b)(4) of this section, shall be
required for well flowlines and lease
gathering lines that carry H2S gas.
Normal abatement period
5 to 20 days.
Placement shall be where said lines
cross public or lease roads. The signs
shall be legible and shall contain
sufficient additional information to
permit a determination of the owner of
the line.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 11 TO § 3176.9(c)(2)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Post, move, or alter sign(s), as necessary .....................
(3) Fencing and gate(s), as specified in
paragraph (b)(6) of this section, shall be
required when production facilities are
located within 1⁄4 mile of or contained
Normal abatement period
5 to 20 days.
inside a city or incorporated limits of a
town or within 1⁄4 mile of an occupied
residence, school, church, park,
playground, school bus stop, place of
business, or any other area where the
public could reasonably be expected to
frequent. Flowlines are exempted from
this additional fencing requirement.
TABLE 12 TO § 3176.9(c)(3)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install, repair, or replace fence, and/or gate(s), as necessary.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Normal abatement period
Sfmt 4700
20 to 40 days.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39554
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Gate(s), as required by paragraph
(c)(3) of this section, shall be locked
when unattended by the operator.
TABLE 13 TO § 3176.9(c)(4)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Lock gate .........................................................................
(5) Wind direction indicator(s) as
specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this
section shall be required. In the event
Normal abatement period
24 hours.
the storage tanks and production
facilities are located at the same site, 1
such indicator shall suffice. Flowlines
are exempt from this requirement.
TABLE 14 TO § 3176.9(c)(5)
Violation
Minor ....................................
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Install, repair, or replace wind direction indicator(s), as
necessary.
(6) All wells, unless produced by
artificial lift, shall possess a secondary
means of immediate well control
through the use of appropriate christmas
20 to 40 days.
tree and/or downhole completion
equipment. Such equipment shall allow
downhole accessibility (reentry) under
pressure for permanent well control
operations. If the applicability criteria
stated in § 3176.7(a) are met, a
minimum of 2 master valves shall be
installed.
TABLE 15 TO § 3176.9(c)(6)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install, repair, or replace equipment, as necessary ........
(7) All equipment shall be chosen
with consideration for both the H2S
working environment and anticipated
stresses. NACE MR 0175–2021
(incorporated by reference, see
Normal abatement period
20 to 40 days.
§ 3176.11) shall be used for metallic
equipment selection and, if applicable,
adequate protection by chemical
inhibition or other such method that
controls or limits the corrosive effects of
H2S shall be used. (The use of NACE
MR 0175–90 through NACE MR 0175–
2021 is deemed to comply with the
requirements of this paragraph (c)(7).)
TABLE 16 TO § 3176.9(c)(7)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install, repair, or replace equipment, as necessary ........
(8) Where the 100 ppm radius of
exposure for H2S includes any occupied
residence, place of business, school, or
other inhabited structure or any area
Normal abatement period
20 to 40 days.
where the public may reasonably be
expected to frequent, the operator shall
install automatic safety valves or
shutdowns at the wellhead, or other
appropriate shut-in controls for wells
equipped with artificial lift.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 17 TO § 3176.9(c)(8)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Install, repair, or replace equipment, as necessary ........
(9) The automatic safety valves or
shutdowns, as required by paragraph
(c)(8) of this section, shall be set to
Normal abatement period
20 to 40 days.
activate upon a release of a potentially
hazardous volume of H2S.
TABLE 18 TO § 3176.9(c)(9)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Repair, replace or adjust equipment, as necessary .......
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Normal abatement period
Sfmt 4700
Prompt correction required.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(10) If the sustained ambient
concentration of H2S or SO2 from a
production facility which is venting or
flaring reaches a concentration of H2S
(10 ppm) or SO2 (2 ppm), respectively,
at any of the following locations, the
operator shall modify the production
facility as approved by the authorized
officer. The locations include any
occupied residence, school, church,
39555
park, playground, school bus stop, place
of business, or other areas where the
public could reasonably be expected to
frequent.
TABLE 19 TO § 3176.9(c)(10)
Violation
Corrective action
Major ....................................
Repair facility to bring into compliance. ..........................
(d) Public protection. When
conditions as defined in § 3176.7(a)
exist, a Public Protection Plan for
Normal abatement period
Prompt correction required
producing operations shall be submitted
to the authorized officer in accordance
with § 3176.7(b)(1) which includes the
provisions of § 3176.7(b)(2).
TABLE 20 TO § 3176.9(d)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Submit Public Protection Plan ........................................
§ 3176.10
Variances from requirements.
An operator may request the
authorized officer to approve a variance
from any of the requirements prescribed
in §§ 3176.5 through 3176.9. All such
requests shall be submitted in writing to
the appropriate authorized officer and
provide information as to the
circumstances which warrant approval
of the variance(s) requested and the
proposed alternative methods by which
the related requirement(a) of minimum
standard(s) are to be satisfied. The
authorized officer, after considering all
relevant factors, may approve the
requested variance(s) if it is determined
that the proposed alterative(s) meets or
exceeds the objectives of the applicable
requirement(s) or minimum standard(s).
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3176.11
Incorporation by reference.
Certain material is incorporated by
reference into this subpart with the
approval of the Director of the Federal
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. All approved incorporation
by reference (IBR) material is available
for inspection at all Bureau of Land
Management offices with jurisdiction
over oil and gas activities, and at the
National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). Contact the
BLM at: Office of Energy, Minerals, and
Realty Management, 1849 C Street
Northwest, Washington, DC 20240;
telephone 202–208–3801; email
begruber@blm.gov; website
www.blm.gov/programs/energy-andminerals/oil-and-gas. For information
on the availability of this material at
NARA, visit www.archives.gov/federalregister/cfr/ibr-locations.html or email
fr.inspection@nara.gov. The material
also may be obtained from the following
sources:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
20 to 40 days.
(a) American National Standards
Institute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd St., 4th
floor, New York, NY 10036; telephone:
212–642–4980; email: info@ansi.org;
website: www.ansi.org.
(1) ANSI Standard Z88.2–1992 for
Respiratory Protection, Approved
August 6, 1992 (‘‘ANSI Z88.2–1992’’),
IBR approved for § 3176.8.
(2) [Reserved]
Note 1 to paragraph (a): If ANSI Z88.2 is
not available from document resellers,
contact the BLM to obtain a copy.
(b) American Petroleum Institute
(API), 200 Massachusetts Avenue NW,
Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20001;
telephone: 202–682–8000; email:
apipubs@api.org; website: www.api.org.
(1) API Recommended Practice 49—
Recommended Practice for Drilling and
Well Servicing Operations Involving
Hydrogen Sulfide; Third Edition, May
2001; Reaffirmed, January 2013 (‘‘API
RP 49’’), IBR approved for § 3176.8.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) Association for Materials
Protection and Performance (AMPP)
formerly known as NACE International,
15835 Park Ten Place, Houston, TX
77084; telephone: 1–800–797–6223;
website: www.ampp.org.
(1) ANSI/NACE MR0175–2021/ISO
15156–1:2020; Petroleum and natural
gas industries—Materials for use in H2Scontaining environments in oil and gas
production; Part 1: General principles
for selection of cracking-resistant
materials; Fourth Edition, Approved
September 21, 2022 (‘‘NACE MR 0175–
2021’’); IBR approved for §§ 3176.8;
3176.9.
(2) [Reserved]
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Subpart 3177—Onshore Oil and Gas
Production: Disposal of Produced
Water
Sec.
3177.1 Authority.
3177.2 Purpose.
3177.3 Scope.
3177.4 Definitions.
3177.5 Requirements.
3177.6 Application and approval authority.
3177.7 Informational requirements for
injection wells.
3177.8 Informational requirements for pits.
3177.9 Design requirements for pits.
3177.10 Construction and maintenance
requirements for pits.
3177.11 Other disposal methods.
3177.12 Reporting requirements for
disposal facilities.
3177.13 Variances from requirements or
minimum standards.
Appendix A to Subpart 3177—Examples of
Acceptable Designs and Construction
§ 3177.1
Authority.
This subpart is established pursuant
to the authority granted to the Secretary
of the Interior by various Federal and
Indian mineral leasing statutes and the
Federal Oil and Gas Royalty
Management Act of 1982. Said authority
has been delegated to the Bureau of
Land Management and is implemented
by the onshore oil and gas operating
regulations contained in 43 CFR part
3160. As directed by the Federal
Onshore Oil and Gas Leasing Reform
Act of 1987, for National Forest lands
the Secretary of Agriculture shall
regulate all surface-disturbing activities
and shall determine reclamation and
other actions required in the interest of
conservation of surface resources.
Specific authority for the provisions
contained in this subpart is found at 43
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39556
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
CFR 3162.3 and 3162.5 and 43 CFR part
3160, subpart 3163.
§ 3177.2
Purpose.
This subpart supersedes Notice to
Lessees and Operators of Federal and
Indian Oil and Gas Leases (NTL–2B),
Disposal of Produced Water. The
purpose of this subpart is to specify
informational and procedural
requirements for submittal of an
application for the disposal of produced
water, and the design, construction, and
maintenance requirements for pits as
well as the minimum standards
necessary to satisfy the requirements
and procedures for seeking a variance
from the minimum standards. Also set
forth in this subpart are certain specific
acts of noncompliance, corrective
actions required, and the abatement
period allowed for correction.
§ 3177.3
Scope.
This subpart is applicable to disposal
of produced water from completed wells
on Federal and Indian (except Osage) oil
and gas leases. It does not apply to
approval of disposal facilities on lands
other than Federal and Indian lands.
Separate approval under this subpart is
not required if the method of disposal
has been covered under an enhanced
recovery project approved by the
authorized officer.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3177.4
Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the term:
Authorized officer means any
employee of the Bureau of Land
Management authorized to perform
duties described in 43 CFR parts 3000
and 3100.
Federal lands means all lands and
interests in lands owned by the United
States which are subject to the mineral
leasing laws, including mineral
resources or mineral estates reserved to
the United States in the conveyance of
a surface or nonmineral estate.
Free-board means the vertical
distance from the top of the fluid
surface to the lowest point on the top of
the dike surrounding the pit.
Injection well means a well used for
the disposal of produced water or for
enhanced recovery operations.
Lease means any contract, profit share
arrangement, joint venture, or other
agreement issued or approved by the
United States under a mineral leasing
law that authorized exploration for,
extraction of, or removal of oil or gas
(see 43 CFR 3160.0–5).
Lessee means a person or entity
holding record title in a lease issued by
the United States (see 43 CFR 3160.0–
5).
Lined pit means an excavated and/or
bermed area that is required to be lined
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
with natural or manmade material that
will prevent seepage. Such pit shall also
include a leak detection system.
Major violation means noncompliance
that causes or threatens immediate,
substantial, and adverse impacts on
public health and safety, the
environment, production accountability,
or royalty income (see 43 CFR 3160.0–
5).
Minor violation means
noncompliance that does not rise to the
level of a ‘‘major violation’’ (see 43 CFR
3160.0–5).
Natural Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) means a
program administered by the
Environmental Protection Agency or
primacy State that requires permits for
the discharge of pollutants from any
point source into navigable waters of the
United States.
Operator means any person or entity,
including but not limited to the lessee
or operating rights owner, who has
stated in writing to the authorized
officer that it is responsible under the
terms and conditions of the lease for the
operations conducted on the leased
lands or a portion thereof (see 43 CFR
3610.0–5).
Produced water means water
produced in conjunction with oil and
gas production.
Toxic constituents means substances
in produced water that when found in
toxic concentrations specified by
Federal or State regulations have
harmful effects in plant or animal life.
These substances include but are not
limited to arsenic (As), barium (Ba),
cadmium (Cd), hexavalent chromium
(hCr), total chromium (tCr), lead (Pb),
mercury (Hg), zinc (Zn), selenium (Se),
benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and
xylenes, as defined in 40 CFR part 261.
Underground Injection Control (UIC)
program means a program by
administered by the EPA, primacy State,
or Indian Tribe under the Safe Drinking
Water Act to ensure that subsurface
injection does not endanger
underground sources of drinking water.
Unlined pit means an excavated and/
or bermed area that is not required to be
lined, or any pit that is lined but does
not contain a leak detection system.
§ 3177.5
Requirements.
(a) General requirements. Operators of
onshore Federal and Indian oil and gas
leases shall comply with the
requirements and standards of this
subpart for the protection of surface and
subsurface resources. Except as
provided under § 3177.8(c), the operator
may not dispose of produced water
unless and until approval is obtained
from the authorized officer. All
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
produced water from Federal/Indian
leases must be disposed of by injection
into the subsurface, discharging into
pits, or other acceptable methods
approved by the authorized officer,
including surface discharge under
NPDES permit. Injection is generally the
preferred method of disposal. Operators
are encouraged to contact the
appropriate authorized officer before
filing an application for disposal of
produced water so that the operator may
be apprised of any existing agreements
outlining cooperative procedures
between the Bureau of Land
Management and either the State/Indian
Tribe or the Environmental Protection
Agency concerning Underground
Injection Control permits for injection
wells, and of any potentially significant
adverse effects on surface and/or
subsurface resources. The approval of
the Environmental Protection Agency or
a State/Tribe shall not be considered as
granting approval to dispose of
produced water from leased Federal or
Indian lands until and unless BLM
approval is obtained. Applications filed
pursuant to NTL–2B and still pending
approval shall be supplemented or
resubmitted if they do not meet the
requirements and standards of this
subpart. The disposal methods shall be
approved in writing by the authorized
officer regardless of the physical
location of the disposal facility. Existing
NTL–2B approvals will remain valid.
However, upon written justification, the
authorized officer may impose
additional conditions or revoke any
previously approved disposal permit, if
the authorized officer, for example,
finds that an existing facility is creating
environmental problems, or that an
unlined pit should be lined, because the
quality of the produced water has
changed so that it no longer meets the
standards for unlined pits set out in this
subpart.
(b) Temporary disposal. Unless
prohibited by the authorized officer,
produced water from newly completed
wells may be temporarily disposed of
into reserve pits for a period of up to 90
days, if the use of the pit was approved
as a part of an application for permit to
drill. Any extension of time beyond this
period requires documented approval
by the authorized officer.
(c) Approval timeline. (1) Upon
receipt of a completed application the
authorized officer shall take one of the
following actions within 30 days:
(i) Approve the application as
submitted or with appropriate
modification or conditions;
(ii) Return the application and advise
the applicant in writing of the reasons
for disapproval; or
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) Advise the applicant in writing of
the reasons for delay and the excepted
final action date.
(2) If the approval for a disposal
facility, e.g., commercial pit or class II
injection well, is revoked or suspended
by the permitting agencies such as the
Environmental Protection Agency or the
primacy State, the BLM water disposal
approval is immediately terminated and
the operator is required to propose an
alternative disposal method.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3177.6 Application and approval
authority.
(a) On-lease disposal. For water
produced from a Federal/Indian lease
and disposed of on the same Federal/
Indian lease, or on other committed
Federal/Indian leases if in a unit or
communitized area, the approval of the
disposal method is usually granted in
conjunction with the approval for the
disposal facilities. An example would
be the approval of a proposal to drill an
injection well to be used for the disposal
of produced water from a well or wells
on the same lease.
(1) Disposal of water in injection
wells. When approval is requested for
on-lease disposal of produced water into
an injection well, the operator shall
submit a Sundry Notice, Form 3160–5.
Information submitted in support of
obtaining the Underground Injection
Control permit shall be accepted by the
authorized officer in approving the
disposal method, provided the
information submitted in support of
obtaining such a permit satisfies all
applicable Bureau of Land Management
statutory responsibilities (including but
not limited to drilling safety, down hole
integrity, and protection of mineral and
surface resources) and requirements in
this subpart. If the authorized officer has
on file a copy of the approval for the
receiving facilities, he/she may
determine that a reference to that
document is sufficient.
(2) Disposal of water in pits. When
approval is requested for disposal of
produced water in a lined or unlined
pit, the operator shall submit a Sundry
Notice, Form 3160–5. The operator shall
comply with all the applicable Bureau
of Land Management requirements and
standards for pits established in this
subpart. On National Forest lands,
where the proposed pit location creates
new surface disturbance, the authorized
officer shall not approve the proposal
without the prior approval of the Forest
Service.
(b) Off-lease disposal—(1) On leased
or unleased Federal/Indian lands. The
purpose of the off-lease disposal
approval process is to ensure that the
removal of the produced water from a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Federal or Indian oil and gas lease is
proper and that the water is disposed of
in an authorized facility. Therefore, the
operator shall submit a Sundry Notice,
Form 3160–5, for removal of the water
together with a copy of the
authorization for the disposal facility. If
the authorized officer has a copy of the
approval for the receiving facilities on
file, he/she may determine that a
reference to that document is sufficient.
Where an associated right-of-way
authorization is required, the
information for the right-of-way
authorization may be incorporated in
the Sundry Notice, and the Bureau of
Land Management will process both
authorizations simultaneously for
Bureau lands.
(i) Disposal of water in injection wells.
When approval is requested for
removing water that is produced from
wells on leased Federal or Indian lands
and that is to be injected into a well
located on another lease or unleased
Federal lands, the operator shall submit
to the authorized officer a Sundry
Notice, Form 3160–5, along with a copy
of the Underground Injection Control
permit issued to the operator of the
injection well, unless the well is
authorized by rule under 40 CFR part
144.
(ii) Disposal of water in pits. When
approval is requested for removing
water that is produced from wells on
leased Federal or Indian lands and is to
be disposed of into a lined or unlined
pit located on another lease or unleased
Federal lands, the operator shall submit
to the authorized officer a Sundry
Notice, Form 3160–5.
(iii) Right-of-way procedures. The
operator of the injection well or pit is
required to have an authorization from
the Bureau of Land Management for
disposing of the water into the pit or
well, under Title V of the Federal Land
Policy and Management Act (FLPMA)
and 43 CFR part 2800, or a similar
authorization from the responsible
surface management agency. In
transporting the produced water from
the lease to the pit or injection well, e.g.,
building a road or laying a pipeline, a
right-of-way authorization under Title V
of FLPMA and 43 CFR part 2800 from
the Bureau of Land Management or a
similar permit from the responsible
surface management agency also shall
be obtained by the operator of the pit or
any injection well or other responsible
party.
(2) Disposal of water on State and
privately owned lands—(i) Disposal of
water in injection wells. When approval
is requested for removing water that is
produced from wells on leased Federal
or Indian lands and that is to be injected
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39557
into a well located on State or privately
owned lands, the operator shall submit
to the authorized officer, in addition to
a Sundry Notice, Form 3160–5, a copy
of the Underground Injection Control
permit issued for the injection well by
Environmental Protection Agency or the
State where the State has achieved
primacy. Submittal of the Underground
Injection Control permit will be
accepted by the authorized officer and
approval will be granted for the removal
of the produced water unless the
authorized officer states in writing that
such approval will have adverse effects
on the Federal/Indian lands or public
health and safety.
(ii) Disposal of water in pits. When
approval is requested for removing
water that is produced from wells on
leased Federal and/or Indian lands and
is to be disposed of into a pit located on
State or privately owned lands, the
operator shall submit to the authorized
officer, in addition to a Sundry Notice,
Form 3160–5, a copy of the permit
issued for the pit by the State or any
other regulatory agency, if required, for
disposal in such pit. Submittal of the
permit will be accepted by the
authorized officer and approval will be
granted for removal of the produced
water unless the authorized officer
states in writing that such approval will
have adverse effects on the Federal/
Indian lands or public health and safety.
If such a permit is not issued by the
State or other regulatory agency, the
requested removal of the produced
water from leased Federal or Indian
lands will be denied.
(iii) Right-of-way procedures. If the
water produced from wells on leased
Federal and/or Indian lands, and to be
disposed of at a location on State or
privately owned lands, will be
transported over off-lease Federal or
Indian lands, the operator of the
disposal facility or other responsible
party shall have an authorization from
the Bureau of Land Management under
Title V of FLPMA and 43 CFR part 2800,
or a similar authorization from the
responsible surface management agency.
§ 3177.7 Informational requirements for
injection wells.
For an injection well proposed on
Federal or Indian leases, the operator
shall obtain an Underground Injection
Control (UIC) permit pursuant to 40 CFR
parts 144 and 146 from the
Environmental Protection Agency or the
State/Tribe where the State/Tribe has
achieved primacy. The operator shall
also comply with the pertinent
procedural and informational
requirements for Application for Permit
to Drill or Sundry Notice as set forth in
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39558
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
subpart 3171 of this part. The injection
well shall be designed and drilled or
conditioned in accordance with the
requirements and standards described
in subpart 3172 of this part and
pertinent NTLs, as well as the UIC
permit.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3177.8
pits.
Informational requirements for
Operators who request approval for
disposal of produced water into a lined
or unlined pit shall file an application
on a Sundry Notice, Form 3160–5, and
identify the operator’s field
representative by name, address, and
telephone number and the source of the
produced water. Sources of produced
water shall be identified by facility,
lease number, well number and name,
and legal description of well location.
All samples for water analysis shall be
taken at the current discharge a point.
A reclamation plan detailing the
procedures expected to be followed for
closure of the pit and the contouring
and revegetating of the site shall be
submitted prior to pit abandonment. If
requested by the authorized officer, a
contingency plan to deal with specific
anticipated emergency situations shall
be submitted as provided for in 43 CFR
3162.5–1(d).
(a) Lined pits. The authorized officer
shall not consider for approval an
application for disposal into lined pits
on Federal/Indian leases unless the
operator also provides the following
information:
(1) A map and drawings of the site on
a suitable scale that show the pit
dimension, cross section, side slopes,
leak detection system, and location
relative to other site facilities;
(2) The daily quantity of water to be
disposed of (maximum daily quantity
shall be cited if major fluctuations are
anticipated) and a water analysis (unless
waived by the authorized officer as
unnecessary) that includes the
concentrations of chlorides, sulfates,
pH, total dissolved solids (TDS), and
toxic constituents that the authorized
officer reasonably believes to be present;
(3) Criteria used to determine the pit
size, which includes a minimum of 2
feet of free-board;
(4) The average monthly evaporation
and average monthly precipitation for
the area;
(5) The method and schedule for
periodic disposal of precipitated solids
and a copy of the appropriate disposal
permit, if any; and
(6) The type, thickness, and life span
of material to be used for lining the pit
and the method of installation. The
manufacturer’s guidebook and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
information for the product shall be
included, if available.
(b) Unlined pits. (1) Application for
disposal into unlined pits may be
considered for approval by the
authorized officer where the application
of the operator shows that such disposal
meets one or more of the following
criteria:
(i) The water to be disposed of has an
annual average TDS concentration equal
to or less than that of the existing water
to be protected, provided that the level
of any toxic constituents in the
produced water does not exceed
established State or Federal standards
for protection of surface and/or ground
water;
(ii) All, or a substantial part, of the
produced water is being used for
beneficial purposes and meets
minimum water quality standards for
such uses. For example, uses of
produced water for purposes such as
irrigation and livestock or wildlife
watering shall be considered as
beneficial;
(iii)(A) The water to be disposed of
will not degrade the quality of surface
or subsurface waters in the area;
(B) The surface and subsurface waters
contain TDS above 10,000 ppm, or toxic
constituents in high concentrations; or
(C) The surface and subsurface waters
are of such poor quality or small
quantity as to eliminate any practical
use thereof; and
(iv) That the volume of water to be
disposed of per disposal facility does
not exceed an average of 5 barrels per
day on a monthly basis.
(2) Operators applying for disposal
into an unlined pit shall also submit the
following information, as appropriate:
(i) Applications for disposal into
unlined pits that meet the criteria in
paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this
section shall include:
(A) A map and drawings of the site on
a suitable scale that show the pit
dimension, cross section, side slopes,
size, and location relative to other site
facilities;
(B) The daily quantity of water to be
disposed of and a water analysis that
includes total dissolved solids (in ppm),
pH, oil and grease content, the
concentrations of chlorides and sulfates,
and other parameters or constituents
toxic to animal or plant life as
reasonably prescribed by the authorized
officer. The applicant should also
indicate any effect or interaction of
produced water with any water
resources present at or near the surface
and other known mineral deposits. For
applications submitted under criterion
in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section,
the water quality analysis is not needed
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
unless requested by the authorized
officer;
(C) The average monthly evaporation
and the average monthly precipitation
for the area. For applications submitted
under criterion in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of
this section, average annual data will be
acceptable;
(D) The estimated percolation rate
based on soil characteristics under and
adjacent to the pit. In some cases the
authorized officer may require
percolation tests using accepted test
procedures; and
(E) Estimated depth and areal extent
of the shallowest known aquifer with
TDS less than 10,000 ppm, and the
depth and extent of any known mineral
deposits in the area.
(ii) Where beneficial use (criterion in
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section) is the
basis for the application, the
justification submitted shall also
contain written confirmation from the
user(s).
(iii) If the application is made on the
basis that surface and subsurface waters
will not be adversely affected by
disposal in an unlined pit (paragraph
(b)(1)(iii) of this section), the
justification shall also include the
following additional information:
(A) Map of the site showing the
location of surface waters, water wells,
and existing water disposal facilities
within 1 mile of the proposed disposal
facility;
(B) Average concentration of TDS (in
ppm) of all surface and subsurface
waters within the 1-mile radius that
might be affected by the proposed
disposal;
(C) Reasonable geologic and
hydrologic evidence that shows the
proposed disposal method will not
adversely affect existing water quality or
major uses of such waters, and identifies
the presence of any impermeable
barrier(s), as necessary; and
(D) A copy of any State order or other
authorization granted as a result of a
public hearing that is pertinent to the
authorized officer’s consideration of the
application.
(c) Emergency pits. Application for a
permanent pit (lined or unlined) to be
used for anticipated emergency
purposes shall be submitted by the
operator on a Sundry Notice, Form
3160–5, for approval by the authorized
officer, unless it has been approved in
conjunction with a previously approved
operational activity. Design criteria for
an emergency pit will be established by
the authorized officer on a case-by-case
basis. Any emergency use of such pits
shall be reported in accordance with
NTL–3A, and the pit shall be emptied
and the liquids disposed of in
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
accordance with applicable State and/or
Federal regulations within 48 hours
following its use, unless such time is
extended by the authorized officer.
§ 3177.9
Design requirements for pits.
(a) Pits shall be designed to meet the
following requirements and minimum
standards. For unlined pits approved
under criterion in § 3177.8(b)(1)(iv),
requirements in paragraphs (a)(4) and
(5) of this section, do not apply.
(1) As much as practical, the pit shall
be located on level ground and away
from established drainage patterns,
including intermittent/ephemeral
drainage ways, and unstable ground or
depressions in the area.
(2) The pit shall have adequate storage
capacity for safe containment of all
produced water, even in those periods
when evaporation rates are at a
minimum. The design shall provide for
a minimum of 2 feet of free-board.
(3) The pit shall be fenced or enclosed
to prevent access by livestock, wildlife,
and unauthorized personnel. If
necessary, the pit shall be equipped to
deter entry by birds. Fences shall not be
constructed on the levees. Figure 1 in
appendix A to this subpart shows an
example of an acceptable fence design.
(4) The pit levees are to be
constructed so that the inside grade of
the levee is no steeper than 1 (vertical):2
(horizonal), and the outside grade no
steeper than 1:3.
(5) The top of levees shall be level and
at least 18 inches wide.
(6) The pit location shall be reclaimed
pursuant to the requirements and
standards of the surface management
agency. On a spilt estate (private
surface, Federal mineral) a surface
owner’s release statement or form is
acceptable.
(b) Lined pits shall be designed to
meet following requirement and
minimum standards in addition to those
specified in paragraph (a) of this
section:
(1) The material used in lining pits
shall be impervious. It shall be resistant
to weather, sunlight, hydrocarbons,
aqueous acids, alkalies, salt, fungi, or
other substances likely to be contained
in the produced water.
(2) If rigid materials are used, leakproof expansion joints shall be
provided, or the material shall be of
sufficient thickness and length to
withstand expansion without cracking,
contraction, and settling movements in
the underlying earth. Semi-rigid liners
such as compacted bentonite or clay
may also be used provided that,
considering the thickness of the lining
material chosen and its degree of
permeability, the liner is impervious for
the expected period of use. Figure 2 in
appendix A to this subpart shows
examples of acceptable standards for
concrete, asphalt, and bentonite/clay
liners.
(3) If flexible membrane materials are
used, they shall have adequate
resistance to tears or punctures. Figure
3 in appendix A to this subpart gives an
39559
example of acceptable standards for
installation of the flexible membrane.
(4) Lined pits shall have an
underlying gravel-filled sump and
lateral system or other suitable devices
for the detection of leaks. Examples of
the acceptable design of the leak
detection system are shown in Figures
4 and 5 of appendix A to this subpart.
(c) Failure to design the pit to meet
the requirements in paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section and minimum
standards in this subpart will result in
disapproval of the proposal or a
requirement that it be modified unless
a request for variance is approved by the
authorized officer.
§ 3177.10 Construction and maintenance
requirements for pits.
Inspections will be conducted
according to the following requirements
and minimum standards during the
construction and operation of the pit.
Failure to meet the requirements and
standards may result in issuance of an
Incident of Noncompliance (INC) for the
violation. The gravity of the violation,
corrective actions, and the normal
abatement period allowed are specified
for each of the requirements/standards.
(a) Any disposal method that has not
been approved shall be considered an
incident of noncompliance and may
result in the issuance of a shut-in order,
assessments, or penalties pursuant to 43
CFR part 3163 until an acceptable
disposal method is provided and
approved by the authorized officer.
TABLE 1 TO § 3177.10(a)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Minor: If it causes no significant environmental damages or effects.
Major: If it causes or threatens immediate, substantial
and adverse impact on
public health and safety,
the environment, production accountability, or royalty income.
Minor: Submit acceptable application .............................
Major: Shut-in, take corrective action to repair or replace damages according to instructions of authorized officer.
Minor: 1 to 20 days or as directed by authorized officer.
Major: Within 10 days.
(b) The operator shall notify the
authorized officer to inspect the leak
detection system at least 2 business days
prior to the installation of the pit liner.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 2 TO § 3177.10(b)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Require verification of its installation ..............................
(c) At least 2 business days prior to its
use, the operator shall notify the
authorized officer of completion of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
Prior to use of pit.
pit construction, so that the authorized
officer may verify that the pit has been
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
constructed in accordance with the
approved plan.
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
39560
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3 TO § 3177.10(c)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
(For failure to notify) Minor ..
(For failure to construct in
accordance with the approved plan) Minor, unless
Major by definition.
N/A ..................................................................................
The authorized officer may shut-in operations and require corrections to comply with the plan or require
amendment of the plan.
N/A.
1 to 20 days depending on the severity of the violation
and the degree of difficulty to correct, if the pit is in
use.
(d) Lined pit shall be maintained and
operated to prevent unauthorized
subsurface discharge of water.
TABLE 4 TO § 3177.10(d)
Violation
Corrective action
Usually Minor, unless Major
as result of discharge.
Repair/replace liner and possibly shut in operations ......
(e) The pit shall be maintained as
designed to prevent entrance of surface
Normal abatement period
1 to 20 days depending on the onsite situation.
water by providing adequate surface
drainage away from the pit.
TABLE 5 TO § 3177.10(e)
Violation
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Minor ....................................
Provide surface drainage ................................................
Within 20 days.
(f) The pit shall be maintained and
operated to prevent unauthorized
surface discharge of water.
TABLE 6 TO § 3177.10(f)
Violation
Usually Minor, unless discharge results in Major.
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Clean up if spill occurs, and reduce the water level to
maintain the 2 feet of free-board; shut-in operations,
if required by authorized officer.
1 to 20 days depending upon the onsite situation.
(g) The outside walls of the pit levee
shall be maintained as designed to
minimize erosion.
TABLE 7 TO § 3177.10(g)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Necessary repair .............................................................
(h) The pit shall be kept reasonably
free from surface accumulation of liquid
Normal abatement period
Within 20 days.
hydrocarbons that would retard
evaporation.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
TABLE 8 TO § 3177.10(h)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Clean-up, and may require skimmer pits, settling tanks,
or other suitable equipment.
(i) The operator shall inspect the leak
detection system at least once a month
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
or more often if required by the
authorized officer in appropriate
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Within 20 days.
circumstances. The record of inspection
shall describe the result of the
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
inspection by date and shall be kept and
39561
made available to the authorized officer
upon request.
TABLE 9 TO § 3177.10(i)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Commence the required routine inspection and recordkeeping.
(j) Prior to pit abandonment and
reclamation, the operator shall submit a
Sundry Notice for approval by the
Normal abatement period
Within 30 days.
authorized officer, if not previously
approved.
TABLE 10 TO § 3177.10(j)
Violation
Corrective action
Minor ....................................
Cease operations and file an application .......................
(k) When change in the quantity and/
or quality of the water disposed into an
unlined pit causes the pit no longer to
Normal abatement period
Within 10 days.
meet the unlined pit criteria listed
under § 3177.8(b)(1), the operator shall
submit a Sundry Notice amending the
pit design for approval by the
authorized officer.
TABLE 11 TO § 3177.10(k)
Violation
Minor unless the resulting
damage is Major.
§ 3177.11
Corrective action
Normal abatement period
Submit the required amendment; shut-in operations if
damage is determined by the authorized officer to be
Major.
Other disposal methods.
(a) The person applying to use the
surface discharge disposal method
under an NPDES permit shall furnish a
copy of the NPDES permit issued by the
EPA or the primacy State, a current
water quality analysis, and a Sundry
Notice, Form 3160–5, describing site
facilities (e.g., retention ponds, skimmer
pits and equipment, tanks, and any
additional surface disturbance).
As specified by the authorized officer.
Operations from the point of origin to
the point of discharge are under the
jurisdiction of the BLM. Operations
from the point of discharge downstream
are under the jurisdiction of the EPA or
the primacy State.
(b) Use of existing commercial pits
designed for containment of produced
water or tanks in lieu of pits.
(c) New technology or any other
proposal meeting the objective of this
subpart that the authorized officer
deems acceptable and that meets the
requirements of State and Federal laws
and regulations.
§ 3177.12 Reporting requirements for
disposal facilities.
All unauthorized discharge or spills
from disposal facilities on Federal/
Indian leases shall be reported to the
authorized officer in accordance with
the provisions of NTL–3A.
TABLE 1 TO § 3177.12
Violation
Corrective action
Minor unless resulting damage is major.
Submit the required report ..............................................
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
§ 3177.13 Variances from requirements or
minimum standards.
An operator may request that the
authorized officer approve a variance
from any of the requirements or
minimum standards prescribed in
§§ 3177.5 through 3177.12. All such
requests shall be submitted in writing to
the appropriate authorized officer and
provide information as to the
circumstances that warrant approval of
the variance(s) requested and the
proposed alternative means by which
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Normal abatement period
As specified by the authorized officer.
the requirements or related minimum
standard(s) will be satisfied. The
authorized officer, after considering all
relevant factors, will approve the
requested variance(s) if it is determined
that the proposed alterative(s) meet or
exceed the objectives of the applicable
minimum standard(s); or if the
authorized officer determines that the
exemption of the requirement is
justified. Variances granted by BLM
under this section shall be limited to
proposals and requirements under BLM
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
statutory and/or regulatory authority
only, and shall not be construed as
granting variances to regulations under
EPA, State, or Tribal authority.
Appendix A to Subpart 3177—
Examples of Acceptable Designs and
Construction
BILLING CODE 4331–29–P
Figure 1 to Appendix A to Subpart
3177—Construction of Fences and
Corner Posts
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ER16JN23.004
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
39562
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
39563
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ER16JN23.005
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 2 to Appendix A to Subpart
3177—Concrete, Asphalt, and
Bentonite/Clay Liners
39564
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ER16JN23.006
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 3 to Appendix A to Subpart
3177—Flexible Liners
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
Lined Pit Constructed in Relatively
Impermeable Soils
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ER16JN23.007
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
Figure 4 to Appendix A to Subpart
3177—Leak Detection System for a
39565
39566
Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules and Regulations
Figure 5 to Appendix A to Subpart
3177—Leak Detection System for a
Lined Pit Constructed in Permeable
Soils
[FR Doc. 2023–11742 Filed 6–15–23; 8:45 am]
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:27 Jun 15, 2023
Jkt 259001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
E:\FR\FM\16JNR2.SGM
16JNR2
ER16JN23.008
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with RULES2
BILLING CODE 4331–29–C
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 88, Number 116 (Friday, June 16, 2023)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 39514-39566]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2023-11742]
[[Page 39513]]
Vol. 88
Friday,
No. 116
June 16, 2023
Part II
Department of the Interior
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Bureau of Land Management
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
43 CFR Part 3170
Onshore Oil and Gas Operations; Federal and Indian Oil and Gas Leases;
Codification of Onshore Orders 1, 2, 6, and 7
Federal Register / Vol. 88 , No. 116 / Friday, June 16, 2023 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 39514]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Bureau of Land Management
43 CFR Part 3170
[BLM_HQ_FRN_MO4500171611]
RIN 1004-AE90
Onshore Oil and Gas Operations; Federal and Indian Oil and Gas
Leases; Codification of Onshore Orders 1, 2, 6, and 7
AGENCY: Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This final rule codifies Onshore Order 1--Approval of
Operations; Onshore Order 2--Drilling Operations on Federal and Indian
Oil and Gas Leases; Onshore Order 6--Hydrogen Sulfide Operations; and
Onshore Order 7--Disposal of Produced Water. This rule places the
existing regulations, which were promulgated over the years through
various notice and comment rulemakings but not codified in the Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR), into the CFR in their entirety without
making any substantive changes.
DATES: This final rule is effective on June 16, 2023.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in
the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of June
16, 2023.
ADDRESSES: You may send inquiries or suggestions to Director (630),
Bureau of Land Management, 1849 C St. NW, Room 5646, Washington, DC
20240; Attention: RIN 1004-AE86.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Matthew Warren, Acting Chief, Division
of Fluid Minerals, 505-216-8832, [email protected]; or Faith Bremner,
Regulatory Analyst, Division of Regulatory Affairs, [email protected].
Individuals in the United States who are deaf, blind, hard of hearing,
or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to
access telecommunications relay services for contacting Mr. Warren.
Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services
offered within their country to make international calls to the point-
of-contact in the United States.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Background
The Bureau of Land Management's (BLM) regulations at 43 CFR part
3160 authorize the agency to issue onshore oil and gas orders to
``implement and supplement'' the oil and gas operations regulations in
part 3160. See 43 CFR 3164.1. The Onshore Orders apply nationwide to
all Federal onshore and Indian (except the Osage Nation) oil and gas
leases and are documents of general applicability and legal effect. All
the Onshore Orders were published in the Federal Register and adopted
through prior notice-and-comment rulemaking, but were never codified in
the CFR.
Beginning in 1983, the BLM issued and revised a total of seven
Onshore Orders. The four Orders that are the subject of this final rule
were published and revised as follows:
Onshore Order 1--Approval of Operations, published October 21, 1983
(48 FR 48916); revised March 7, 2007 (72 FR 10308), and January 10,
2017 (82 FR 2906). This Onshore Order supplements regulations at 43 CFR
3162.3, Conduct of operations, and Sec. 3162.5, Environment and
safety.
Onshore Order 2--Drilling Operations on Federal and Indian Oil and
Gas Leases, published November 18, 1988 (53 FR 46798); revised
September 27, 1989 (54 FR 39528); and January 27, 1992 (57 FR 3023).
This Onshore Order supplements regulations at: 43 CFR 3162.3-1,
Drilling applications and plans; 3162.3-4, Well abandonment; 3162.4-1,
Well records and reports; 3162.4-2, Samples, tests, and surveys;
3162.5-1, Environmental obligations; 3162.5-2, Control of wells;
3162.5-3, Safety precautions.
Onshore Order 6--Hydrogen Sulfide Operations, published November
23, 1990 (55 FR 48958); revised January 17, 1992 (57 FR 2039 and 57 FR
2136); and February 12, 1992 (57 FR 5211). This Onshore Order
supplements regulations at: 43 CFR 3162.1, General requirements;
3162.5-1, Environmental obligations; 3162.5-2, Control of wells; and
3162.5-3, Safety precautions.
Onshore Order 7--Disposal of Produced Water, published September 8,
1993 (58 FR 47354); revised November 2, 1993 (58 FR 58505). This
Onshore Order supplements the regulations at 43 CFR 3162.5-1,
Environmental obligations.
Several years ago, the Office of the Federal Register (OFR)
informed the BLM that it would no longer allow the BLM to revise the
existing Onshore Orders unless the agency codified the Orders in the
CFR. The OFR cited as its justification the Federal Register Act (44
U.S.C. 1510), which requires documents of general applicability and
legal effect to be codified in the CFR.
As a result, when the BLM made major revisions to three of the
Onshore Orders in 2016, it codified the Orders in the CFR after
publishing proposed and final rules for each. Those three Onshore
Orders were: Onshore Order 3--Site Security; Onshore Order 4--
Measurement of Oil; and Onshore Order 5--Measurement of Gas.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ On November 17, 2016, the BLM published in the Federal
Register three final rules: (1) ``Onshore Oil and Gas Operations;
Federal and Indian Oil and Gas Leases; Site Security'' (81 FR
81365), codified at 43 CFR part 3170, subparts 3170 and 3173; (2)
``Onshore Oil and Gas Operations; Federal and Indian Oil and Gas
Leases; Measurement of Oil'' (81 FR 81462), codified at 43 CFR part
3170, subpart 3174; and (3) ``Onshore Oil and Gas Operations;
Federal and Indian Oil and Gas Leases; Measurement of Gas'' (81 FR
81516), codified at 43 CFR part 3170, subpart 3175.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This final rule codifies the remaining four Onshore Orders without
making any substantive changes to their content. The only changes made
to the four Onshore Orders pertain to formatting, such as adding new
section and paragraph designations, so that the Orders conform to the
OFR's Document Drafting Handbook requirements. This final codification
rule also includes a new section at 43 CFR 3176.11 to reflect the
incorporation by reference (IBR) requirements of the Office of the
Federal Register consistent with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The
IBR section does not alter the substance of the Onshore Orders
themselves.
All of the materials that the BLM is incorporating by reference are
available for inspection at all BLM offices with jurisdiction over oil
and gas activities. Contact the BLM at: Office of Energy, Minerals, and
Realty Management, 1849 C Street Northwest, Washington, DC 20240;
telephone 202-208-3801; email Ben Gruber at [email protected]; website
www.blm.gov/programs/energy-and-minerals/oil-and-gas.
The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) materials should
be available for inspection at ANSI, 25 West 43rd St, 4th floor, New
York., NY 10036; telephone: 212-642-4980; email: [email protected];
website: www.ansi.org. If the ANSI material is not available from
document resellers, contact the BLM to obtain a copy.
The American Petroleum Institute (API) materials are available for
inspection and purchase at API, 200 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Suite
1100, Washington, DC 20001; telephone: 202-682-8000; email:
[email protected]; website: www.api.org. API also offers free, read-only
access to some of the material at https://publications.api.org.
The material published by the Association for Materials Protection
and Performance (AMPP), formerly known as NACE International, is
available from AMPP, 15835 Park Ten Place, Houston, TX 77084;
telephone: 1-800-797-6223; website: www.ampp.org.
[[Page 39515]]
The following describes the ANSI, API, and AMPP standards that the
BLM is incorporating by reference into this rule.
ANSI Standard Z88.2-1992 for Respiratory Protection,
Approved August 6, 1992 (``ANSI Z88.2-1992''). This standard sets forth
accepted practices for respirator users. It provides information and
guidance on the proper selection, use, and care of respirators, and
contains requirements for establishing and regulating respirator
programs.
API Recommended Practice 49--Recommended Practice for
Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide;
Third Edition, May 2001; Reaffirmed, January 2013 (``API RP 49'').
These recommendations apply to oil and gas well drilling and servicing
operations that involve hydrogen sulfide, including well drilling,
completion, servicing, workover, downhole maintenance, and plug and
abandonment procedures conducted with hydrogen sulfide present in the
fluids being handled.
ANSI/NACE MR0175-2021/ISO 15156-1:2020; Petroleum and
natural gas industries--Materials for use in H2S-containing
environments in oil and gas production; Part 1: General principles for
selection of cracking-resistant materials; Fourth Edition, Approved
September 21, 2022 (``NACE MR 0175-2021''). This standard provides
requirements and recommendations for the selection and qualification of
metallic minerals for service in equipment used in oil and gas
production and in natural-gas sweetening plants in H2S-
containing environments.
The BLM may consider making substantive changes to the four Onshore
Orders in the future but would do so through notice and comment
rulemakings. This final rule to codify the remaining Onshore Orders is
a proactive measure to facilitate future amendments. Because these four
Onshore Orders were duly promulgated through prior notice-and-comment
rulemakings, and this final rule does not change them, it is
appropriate that the BLM codify the orders in the CFR as a final rule
without any further public comment.
II. Discussion of Final Rule
This final rule codifies existing Onshore Orders 1, 2, 6, and 7 in
their entirety. Oil and gas operators have been following these
regulations for many years. They are not new. Only the section and
paragraph designations have been changed to conform with CFR style
requirements. Technical diagrams and figures that are a part of the
four existing Onshore Orders are included in this final rule as
appendices.
The four Onshore Orders will now be located in 43 CFR part 3170--
Onshore Oil and Gas Production. The Onshore Order 1 regulations will
appear under subpart 3171--Approval of Operations; Onshore Order 2
under subpart 3172--Drilling Operations on Federal and Indian Oil and
Gas Leases; Onshore Order 6 under subpart 3176--Hydrogen Sulfide
Operations; and Onshore Order 7 under subpart 3177--Disposal of
Produced Water.
Subpart 3171 describes the procedure for filing Applications for
Permit to Drill and required approvals of subsequent well operations
and other lease operations. Subpart 3172 provides the requirements and
standards for drilling and abandonment operations. Subpart 3176
provides the requirements and standards for conducting oil and gas
operations in an environment known or expected to contain hydrogen
sulfide gas (H2S). Subpart 3177 provides the methods and
approvals necessary to dispose of produced water associated with oil
and gas operations.
Subparts 3172, 3176, and 3177 identify violations, corrective
actions, normal abatement periods, and enforcement actions that may
result if violations of the associated requirements are not abated in a
timely manner.
This rule removes the table located in 43 CFR 3164.1 that lists the
four Onshore Orders that are being codified in this regulation. Since
the Onshore Orders will now be contained in title 43 of the CFR, this
table is no longer valid.
III. Procedural Matters
Regulatory Planning and Review (Executive Order 12866)
This document is not a significant rule, and the Office of
Management and Budget has not reviewed this final rule under Executive
Order 12866.
The BLM has determined that this final rule will not have an annual
effect on the economy of $100 million or more. It will not adversely
affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy,
productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or
safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities. The
final rule merely codifies into the CFR regulations that are already in
effect.
This final rule will not create inconsistencies or otherwise
interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency. This rule
does not change the relationships of the onshore minerals programs with
other agencies' actions. These relationships are included in agreements
and memoranda of understanding that will not change with this rule.
In addition, this final rule does not materially affect the
budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, or loan programs, or the
rights and obligations of their recipients.
Finally, this final rule will not raise novel legal or policy
issues. As explained earlier, this final rule simply places into the
CFR regulations that have been in effect for many years, some dating
back to 1983.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act
This final rule will not have a significant economic effect on a
substantial number of small entities as defined under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.). As a result, a Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis is not required. The Small Business Administration
defines small entities as individual, limited partnerships, or small
companies considered to be at arm's length from the control of any
parent companies if they meet the following size requirements as
established for each North American Industry Classification System
(NAICS) code:
Crude Petroleum Extraction (NAICS code 211120): 1,250 or
fewer employees
Natural Gas Extraction (NAICS code 211130): 1,250 or fewer
employees
The Small Business Administration (SBA) would consider many, if not
most, of the operators with whom the BLM works in the onshore minerals
programs to be small entities. The BLM notes that this final rule does
not affect service industries, for which the SBA has a different
definition of ``small entity.''
The final rule will not affect a large number of small entities
because these entities are already subject to, and should be complying
with, the regulations. This rule merely codifies regulations that have
been in effect for many years.
The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
This final rule is not a ``major rule'' as defined at 5 U.S.C.
804(2). The final rule will not have an annual effect on the economy
greater than $100 million; it will not result in major cost or price
increases for consumers, industries, government agencies, or regions;
and it will not have significant adverse effects on competition,
employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or the ability of
U.S.-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises.
[[Page 39516]]
Accordingly, a Small Entity Compliance Guide is not required.
Executive Order 13132, Federalism
This final rule will not have a substantial direct effect on the
States, on the relationship between the National Government and the
States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government. In accordance with Executive Order 13132,
the BLM therefore finds that the final rule does not have federalism
implications, and a federalism assessment is not required.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
The Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521) generally
provides that an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and not
withstanding any other provision of law, a person is not required to
respond to a collection of information, unless it displays a currently
valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. Collections
of information include any request or requirement that persons obtain,
maintain, retain, or report information to an agency, or disclose
information to a third party or to the public (44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5
CFR 1320.3(c)). OMB has generally approved the information collection
requirements contained in this final rule; including the required forms
3160-3, Application for Permit to Drill or Re-enter, 3160-4, Well
Completion or Recompletion Report and Log, and 3160-5, Sundry Notices
and Reports on Wells, under OMB control number 1004-0137.
The information collection requirements contained in final 43 CFR
parts 3171, 3172, 3176, and 3177 are consistent with those also
currently contained in the BLM's regulations at 43 CFR parts 3160 and
3170 and the existing Onshore Order Nos. 1, 2, 6, and 7. This final
rule does not change any of these approved information collection
requirements nor the public burdens associated with those information
collection requirements; therefore, no information collection request
has been submitted to OMB in association with this final rule.
Takings Implication Assessment (Executive Order 12630)
As required by Executive Order 12630, the BLM has determined that
this final rule will not cause a taking of private property. The BLM
therefore certifies that this final rule does not represent a
governmental action capable of interference with constitutionally
protected property rights.
Civil Justice Reform (Executive Order 12988)
In accordance with Executive Order 12988, the BLM finds that this
final rule will not unduly burden the judicial system and meets the
requirements of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of the Executive order.
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
The BLM has determined that this final rule qualifies as an
administrative, housekeeping action that is categorically excluded from
environmental review under NEPA pursuant to 43 CFR 46.205 and
46.210(i). The final rule does not meet any of the 12 criteria for
exceptions to categorical exclusions listed at 43 CFR 46.215.
Therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental
impact statement is required in connection with the rule (40 CFR
1501.3).
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
The BLM has determined that this final rule is not significant
under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.,
because it will not result in State, local, private sector, or tribal
government expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year, 2
U.S.C. 1532. This rule will not significantly or uniquely affect small
governments. Therefore, the BLM is not required to prepare a statement
containing the information required by the Unfunded Mandates Reform
Act.
Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments (Executive
Order 13175)
In accordance with Executive Order 13175, the BLM has determined
that this final rule does not include policies that have tribal
implications. Specifically, the rule would not have substantial direct
effects on one or more Indian Tribes. Consequently, the BLM did not use
the consultation process set forth in section 5 of the Executive order.
Information Quality Act
In developing this final rule, the BLM did not conduct or use a
study, experiment, or survey requiring peer review under the
Information Quality Act (Pub. L. 106-554).
Effects on the Nation's Energy Supply (Executive Order 13211)
In accordance with Executive Order 13211, the BLM has determined
that this final rule will not have a significant adverse effect on the
supply, distribution, or use of energy. It merely codifies regulations
that have been in effect for many years.
Delegation of Signing Authority
The action taken herein is pursuant to an existing delegation of
authority.
List of Subjects in 43 CFR Part 3170
Administrative practice and procedure, Disposal of produced water,
Drilling operations, Flaring, Government contracts, Hydrogen sulfide
operations, Incorporation by reference, Indians-lands, Immediate
assessments, Mineral royalties, Oil and gas exploration, Oil and gas
measurement, Public lands--mineral resources, Reporting and record
keeping requirements, Royalty-free use, Venting.
Laura Daniel-Davis,
Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary, Land and Minerals Management.
43 CFR Chapter II
For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Bureau of Land
Management is amending 43 CFR part 3170 as follows:
PART 3170--ONSHORE OIL AND GAS PRODUCTION
0
1. The authority citation for part 3170 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 25 U.S.C. 396d and 2107; 30 U.S.C. 189, 306, 359,
and 1751; and 43 U.S.C. 1732(b), 1733, and 1740.
0
2. Add subparts 3171 and 3172 to read as follows:
Subpart 3171--Approval of Operations
Sec.
3171.1 Authority.
3171.2 Purpose.
3171.3 Scope.
3171.4 Definitions.
3171.5 Application for Permit to Drill (APD).
3171.6 Components of a complete APD package.
3171.7 Drilling plan.
3171.8 Surface Use Plan of Operations.
3171.9 Bonding.
3171.10 Operator certification.
3171.11 Onsite inspection.
3171.12 APD posting and processing.
3171.13 Approval of APDs.
3171.14 Valid period of approved APD.
3171.15 Master Development Plans.
3171.16 Waiver from electronic submission requirements.
3171.17 General operating requirements--operator responsibilities.
3171.18 Rights-of-Way and Special Use Authorizations.
3171.19 Operating on lands with non-Federal surface and Federal oil
and gas.
3171.20 Leases for Indian oil and gas.
3171.21 Subsequent operations and Sundry Notices.
3171.22 Well conversions.
[[Page 39517]]
3171.23 Variances.
3171.24 Waivers, exceptions, or modifications.
3171.25 Abandonment.
3171.26 Appeal procedures.
Appendix A to Subpart 3171--Sample Format for Notice of Staking
Sec. 3171.1 Authority.
(a) The Secretaries of the Interior and Agriculture have authority
under various Federal and Indian mineral leasing laws, as defined in 30
U.S.C. 1702, to manage oil and gas operations. The Secretary of the
Interior has delegated this authority to the Bureau of Land Management
(BLM), which has issued onshore oil and gas operating regulations
codified at 43 CFR part 3160. For leases on Indian lands, the
delegation to the BLM appears at 25 CFR parts 211, 212, 213, 225, and
227.
(b) The Secretary of Agriculture has authority under the Federal
Onshore Oil and Gas Leasing Reform Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-203)
(Reform Act) to regulate surface disturbing activities conducted
pursuant to a Federal oil and gas lease on National Forest Service
(NFS) lands. This authority has been delegated to the Forest Service
(FS). Its regulatory authority is at 36 CFR chapter II, including, but
not limited to, part 228, subpart E, part 251, subpart B, and part 261.
The FS is responsible only for approving and regulating surface
disturbing activities on NFS lands and appeals related to FS decisions
or approvals.
Sec. 3171.2 Purpose.
The purpose of this subpart is to state the application
requirements for the approval of all proposed oil and gas and service
wells, certain subsequent well operations, and abandonment.
Sec. 3171.3 Scope.
This subpart applies to all onshore leases of Federal and Indian
oil and gas (other than those of the Osage Tribe). It also applies to
Indian Mineral Development Act agreements. For proposed operations on a
committed State or fee tract in a federally supervised unit or
communitized tract, the operator must furnish a copy of the approved
State permit to the authorized officer of the BLM which will be
accepted for record purposes.
Sec. 3171.4 Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the following definitions apply:
Best Management Practices (BMP) means practices that provide for
state-of-the-art mitigation of specific impacts that result from
surface operations. Best Management Practices are voluntary unless they
have been analyzed as a mitigation measure in the environmental review
for a Master Development Plan, Application for Permit to Drill (APD),
Right-of-Way, or other related facility and included as a Condition of
Approval.
Blooie line means a discharge line used in conjunction with a
rotating head in drilling operations when air or gas is used as the
circulating medium.
Casual use means activities involving practices that do not
ordinarily lead to any appreciable disturbance or damage to lands,
resources, or improvements. This term does not apply to private
surface. Casual use includes surveying activities.
Complete APD means that the information in the APD package is
accurate and addresses all of the requirements of this subpart. The
onsite inspection verifies important information that is part of the
APD package and is a critical step in determining if the package is
complete. Therefore, the onsite inspection must be conducted, and any
deficiencies identified at the onsite corrected, before the APD package
can be considered to be complete. While cultural, biological, or other
inventories and environmental assessments (EA) or environmental impact
statements (EIS) may be required to approve the APD, they are not
required before an APD package is considered to be complete.
(1) The APD package must contain:
(i) A completed Form 3160-3 (Application for Permit to Drill or
Reenter) (see 43 CFR 3162.3-1(d));
(ii) A well plat certified by a registered surveyor with a
surveyor's original stamp (see Sec. 3171.6(b));
(iii) A drilling plan (see 43 CFR 3162.3-1(d) and 3171.7);
(iv) A Surface Use Plan of Operations (see 43 CFR 3162.3-1(d) and
3171.8);
(v) Evidence of bond coverage (see 43 CFR 3162.3-1(d) and 3171.9);
(vi) Operator certification with original signature (see Sec.
3171.10); and
(vii) Other information that may be required by order or notice
(see 43 CFR 3162.3-1(d)(4)).
(2) The BLM and the surface managing agency, as appropriate, will
review the APD package and determine that the drilling plan, the
Surface Use Plan of Operations, and other information that the BLM may
require (43 CFR 3162.3-1(d)(4)), including the well location plat and
geospatial databases, completely describe the proposed action.
Condition of Approval (COA) means a site-specific requirement
included in an approved APD or Sundry Notice that may limit or amend
the specific actions proposed by the operator. Conditions of Approval
minimize, mitigate, or prevent impacts to public lands or other
resources. Best Management Practices may be incorporated as a Condition
of Approval.
Days means all calendar days including holidays.
Emergency repairs means actions necessary to correct an unforeseen
problem that could cause or threaten immediate substantial adverse
impact on public health and safety or the environment.
Geospatial database means a set of georeferenced computer data that
contains both spatial and attribute data. The spatial data defines the
geometry of the object and the attribute data defines all other
characteristics.
Indian lands means any lands or interest in lands of an Indian
tribe or an Indian allottee held in trust by the United States or which
is subject to a Federal restriction against alienation.
Indian oil and gas means any oil and gas interest of an Indian
tribe or on allotted lands where the interest is held in trust by the
United States or is subject to Federal restrictions against alienation.
It does not include minerals subject to the provisions of section 3 of
the Act of June 28, 1906 (34 Stat. 539), but does include oil and gas
on lands administered by the United States under section 14(g) of
Public Law 92-203, as amended.
Master Development Plan means information common to multiple
planned wells, including drilling plans, Surface Use Plans of
Operations, and plans for future production.
National Forest System lands means those Federal lands administered
by the U.S. Forest Service, such as the National Forests and the
National Grasslands.
Onsite inspection means an inspection of the proposed drill pad,
access road, flowline route, and any associated Right-of-Way or Special
Use Authorization needed for support facilities, conducted before the
approval of the APD or Surface Use Plan of Operations and construction
activities.
Private surface owner means a non-Federal or non-State owner of the
surface estate and includes any Indian owner of surface estate not held
in trust by the United States.
Reclamation means returning disturbed land as near to its
predisturbed condition as is reasonably practical.
Split estate means lands where the surface is owned by an entity or
person other than the owner of the Federal or Indian oil and gas.
Surface managing agency means any Federal or State agency having
[[Page 39518]]
jurisdiction over the surface overlying Federal or Indian oil and gas.
Variance means an approved alternative to a provision or standard
of an order or Notice to Lessee.
Sec. 3171.5 Application for Permit to Drill (APD).
An Application for Permit to Drill or Reenter, on Form 3160-3, is
required for each proposed well, and for reentry of existing wells
(including disposal and service wells), to develop an onshore lease for
Federal or Indian oil and gas.
(a) Where to file. On or after March 13, 2017, the operator must
file an APD and associated documents using the BLM's electronic
commerce application for oil and gas permitting and reporting. The
operator may contact the local BLM Field Office for information on how
to gain access to the electronic commerce application. Prior to March
13, 2017, an operator may file an APD and associated documents in the
BLM Field Office having jurisdiction over the application.
(b) Early notification. The operator may wish to contact the BLM
and any applicable surface managing agency, as well as all private
surface owners, to request an initial planning conference as soon as
the operator has identified a potential area of development. Early
notification is voluntary and would precede the Notice of Staking
option or filing of an APD. It allows the involved surface managing
agency or private surface owner to apprise the prospective operator of
any unusual conditions on the lease area. Early notification also
provides both the surface managing agency or private surface owner and
the prospective operator with the earliest possible identification of
seasonal restrictions and determination of potential areas of conflict.
The prospective operator should have a map of the proposed project
available for surface managing agency review to determine if a cultural
or biological inventory or other information may be required.
Inventories are not the responsibility of the operator.
(c) Notice of Staking option. (1) Before filing an APD or Master
Development Plan, the operator may file a Notice of Staking with the
BLM. The purpose of the Notice of Staking is to provide the operator
with an opportunity to gather information to better address site-
specific resource concerns while preparing the APD package. This may
expedite approval of the APD. On or after March 13, 2017, if an
operator chooses to file a Notice of Staking (NOS), the operator must
file the NOS using the BLM's electronic commerce application for oil
and gas permitting and reporting. Attachment I, Sample Format for
Notice of Staking, provides the information required for the Notice of
Staking option. Prior to March 13, 2017, an operator may file a Notice
of Staking in the BLM Field Office having jurisdiction.
(2) For Federal lands managed by other surface managing agencies,
the BLM will provide a copy of the Notice of Staking to the appropriate
surface managing agency office. In Alaska, when a subsistence
stipulation is part of the lease, the operator must also send a copy of
the Notice of Staking to the appropriate Borough and/or Native Regional
or Village Corporation.
(3) Within 10 days of receiving the Notice of Staking, the BLM or
the FS will review it for required information and schedule a date for
the onsite inspection. The onsite inspection will be conducted as soon
as weather and other conditions permit. The operator must stake the
proposed drill pad and ancillary facilities, and flag new or
reconstructed access routes, before the onsite inspection. The staking
must include a center stake for the proposed well, two reference
stakes, and a flagged access road centerline. Staking activities are
considered casual use unless the particular activity is likely to cause
more than negligible disturbance or damage. Offroad vehicular use for
the purposes of staking is casual use unless, in a particular case, it
is likely to cause more than negligible disturbance or damage, or
otherwise prohibited.
(4) On non-NFS lands, the BLM will invite the surface managing
agency and private surface owner, if applicable, to participate in the
onsite inspection. If the surface is privately owned, the operator must
furnish to the BLM the name, address, and telephone number of the
surface owner if known. All parties who attend the onsite inspection
will jointly develop a list of resource concerns that the operator must
address in the APD. The operator will be provided a list of these
concerns either during the onsite inspection or within 7 days of the
onsite inspection. Surface owner concerns will be considered to the
extent practical within the law. Failure to submit an APD within 60
days of the onsite inspection will result in the Notice of Staking
being returned to the operator.
Sec. 3171.6 Components of a complete APD package.
Operators are encouraged to consider and incorporate Best
Management Practices into their APDs because Best Management Practices
can result in reduced processing times and reduced number of Conditions
of Approval. An APD package must include the following information that
will be reviewed by technical specialists of the appropriate agencies
to determine the technical adequacy of the package:
(a) A completed Form 3160-3; and
(b) Operators must include in the APD package a well plat and
geospatial database prepared by a registered surveyor depicting the
proposed location of the well and identifying the points of control and
datum used to establish the section lines or metes and bounds. The
purpose of this plat is to ensure that operations are within the
boundaries of the lease or agreement and that the depiction of these
operations is accurately recorded both as to location (latitude and
longitude) and in relation to the surrounding lease or agreement
boundaries (public land survey corner and boundary ties). The
registered surveyor should coordinate with the cadastral survey
division of the appropriate BLM State Office, particularly where the
lands have not been surveyed under the Public Land Survey System.
(1) The plat and geospatial database must describe the location of
operations in:
(i) Geographical coordinates referenced to the National Spatial
Reference System, North American Datum 1983 or latest edition; and
(ii) In feet and direction from the nearest two adjacent section
lines, or, if not within the Rectangular Survey System, the nearest two
adjacent property lines, generated from the BLM's current Geographic
Coordinate Data Base.
(2) The surveyor who prepared the plat must sign it, certifying
that the location has been staked on the ground as shown on the plat.
(3) Surveying and staking are necessary casual uses, typically
involving negligible surface disturbance. The operator is responsible
for making access arrangements with the appropriate surface managing
agency (other than the BLM and the FS) or private surface owner. On
tribal or allotted lands, the operator must contact the appropriate
office of the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) to make access
arrangements with the Indian surface owners. In the event that not all
of the Indian owners consent or may be located, but a majority of those
who can be located consent, or the owners of interests are so numerous
that it would be impracticable to obtain their consent and the BIA
finds that the issuance of the APD will cause no substantive injury to
the land or any owner thereof, the BIA may approve access. Typical off-
road vehicular use, when conducted in conjunction with these
activities, is a
[[Page 39519]]
necessary action for obtaining a permit and may be done without advance
approval from the surface managing agency, except for:
(i) Lands administered by the Department of Defense;
(ii) Other lands used for military purposes;
(iii) Indian lands; or
(iv) Where more than negligible surface disturbance is likely to
occur or is otherwise prohibited.
(4) No entry on split estate lands for surveying and staking should
occur without the operator first making a good faith effort to notify
the surface owner. Also, operators are encouraged to notify the BLM or
the FS, as appropriate, before entering private lands to stake for
Federal mineral estate locations.
Sec. 3171.7 Drilling plan.
With each copy of Form 3160-3, the operator must submit to the BLM
either a drilling plan or reference a previously submitted field-wide
drilling plan (a drilling plan that can be used for all the wells in a
field, any differences for specific wells will be described in the APD
specific to that well). The drilling plans must be in sufficient detail
to permit a complete appraisal of the technical adequacy of, and
environmental effects associated with, the proposed project. The
drilling plan must adhere to the provisions and standards of subpart
3172 of this part and, if applicable, subpart 3176 of this part and
must include the following information:
(a) Names and estimated tops of all geologic groups, formations,
members, or zones.
(b) Estimated depth and thickness of formations, members, or zones
potentially containing usable water, oil, gas, or prospectively
valuable deposits of other minerals that the operator expects to
encounter, and the operator's plans for protecting such resources.
(c) The operator's minimum specifications for blowout prevention
equipment and diverter systems to be used, including size, pressure
rating, configuration, and the testing procedure and frequency. Blowout
prevention equipment must meet the minimum standards outlined in
subpart 3172 of this part.
(d) The operator's proposed casing program, including size, grade,
weight, type of thread and coupling, the setting depth of each string,
and its condition. The operator must include the minimum design
criteria, including casing loading assumptions and corresponding safety
factors for burst, collapse, and tensions (body yield and joint
strength). The operator must also include the lengths and setting depth
of each casing when a tapered casing string is proposed. The hole size
for each well bore section of hole drilled must be included. Special
casing designs such as the use of coiled tubing or expandable casing
may necessitate additional information.
(e) The estimated amount and type(s) of cement expected to be used
in the setting of each casing string. If stage cementing will be used,
provide the setting depth of the stage tool(s) and amount and type of
cement, including additives, to be used for each stage. Provide the
yield of each cement slurry and the expected top of cement, with
excess, for each cemented string or stage.
(f) Type and characteristics of the proposed circulating medium or
mediums proposed for the drilling of each well bore section, the
quantities and types of mud and weighting material to be maintained,
and the monitoring equipment to be used on the circulating system. The
operator must submit the following information when air or gas drilling
is proposed:
(1) Length, size, and location of the blooie line, including the
gas ignition and dust suppression systems;
(2) Location and capacity of the compressor equipment, including
safety devices, describe the distance from the well bore, and location
within the drill site; and
(3) Anticipated amounts, types, and other characteristics as
defined in this section, of the stand by mud or kill fluid and
associated circulating equipment.
(g) The testing, logging, and coring procedures proposed, including
drill stem testing procedures, equipment, and safety measures.
(h) The expected bottom-hole pressure and any anticipated abnormal
pressures, temperatures, or potential hazards that the operator expects
to encounter, such as lost circulation and hydrogen sulfide (see
subpart 3176 of this part). A description of the operator's plans for
mitigating such hazards must be included.
(i) Any other facets of the proposed operation that the operator
would like the BLM to consider in reviewing the application. Examples
include, but are not limited to:
(1) For directional wells, proposed directional design, plan view,
and vertical section in true vertical and measured depths;
(2) Horizontal drilling; and
(3) Coil tubing operations.
Sec. 3171.8 Surface Use Plan of Operations.
(a) The Surface Use Plan of Operations must:
(1) Describe the access road(s) and drill pad, the construction
methods that the operator plans to use, and the proposed means for
containment and disposal of all waste materials;
(2) Provide for safe operations, adequate protection of surface
resources, groundwater, and other environmental components;
(3) Include adequate measures for stabilization and reclamation of
disturbed lands:
(4) Describe any Best Management Practices the operator plans to
use; and
(5) Where the surface is privately owned, include a certification
of Surface Access Agreement or an adequate bond, as described in Sec.
3171.19.
(b) All maps that are included in the Surface Use Plan of
Operations must be of a scale no smaller than 1:24,000, unless
otherwise stated in paragraph (e) of this section. Geospatial vector
and raster data must include appropriate attributes and metadata.
Georeferenced raster images must be from the same source as hardcopy
plats and maps submitted in the APD package. All proposed on-lease
surface disturbance must be surveyed and staked as described in
paragraphs (e)(1) through (12) of this section, including:
(1) The well location;
(2) Two 200-foot (61-meter) directional reference stakes;
(3) The exterior pad dimensions;
(4) The reserve pit;
(5) Cuts and fills;
(6) Outer limits of the area to be disturbed (catch points); and
(7) Any off-location facilities.
(c) Proposed new roads require centerline flagging with stakes
clearly visible from one to the next. In rugged terrain, cut and fill
staking and/or slope staking of proposed new access roads and locations
for ancillary facilities that may be necessary, as determined by the
BLM or the FS.
(d) The onsite inspection will not occur until the required
surveying and staking is complete, and any new access road(s) have been
flagged, unless a variance is first granted under Sec. 3171.23.
(e) Information required by the Surface Use Plan of Operations may
be shown on the same map if it is appropriately labeled or on separate
diagrams or maps and must include the following:
(1) Existing roads. The operator must submit a legible map such as
a highway or county road, United States Geological Survey (USGS)
topographic, Alaska Borough, or other such map that shows the proposed
well site and access route to the proposed well in relation to a town,
village, or other locatable public access point.
[[Page 39520]]
(i) The operator must improve or maintain existing roads in a
condition the same as or better than before operations began. The
operator must provide any plans for improvement and/or maintenance of
existing roads. The information provided by the operator for
construction and use of roads will be used by the BLM for any Right-of-
Way application, as described in Sec. 3171.18. The operator may use
existing terrain and two-track trails, where appropriate, to assure
environmental protection. The operator should consider using Best
Management Practices in improving or maintaining existing roads.
(ii) The operator may use existing roads under the jurisdiction of
the FS for access if they meet the transportation objectives of the FS.
When access involves the use of existing roads, the FS may require that
the operator contribute to road maintenance. This is usually authorized
by a Road Use Permit or a joint road use agreement. The FS will charge
the operator a pro rata share of the costs of road maintenance and
improvement, based upon the anticipated use of the road.
(2) New or reconstructed access roads. The operator must identify
on a map all permanent and temporary access roads that it plans to
construct or reconstruct in connection with the drilling of the
proposed well. Locations of all existing and proposed road structures
(culverts, bridges, low water crossings, etc.) must be shown. The
proposed route to the proposed drill site must be shown, including
distances from the point where the access route exits established
roads. All permanent and temporary access roads must be located and
designed to meet the applicable standards of the appropriate surface
managing agency, and be consistent with the needs of the operator. The
operator should consider using Best Management Practices in designing
and constructing roads. The operator must design roads based upon the
class or type of road, the safety requirements, traffic
characteristics, environmental conditions, and the vehicles the road is
expected to carry. The operator must describe for all road construction
or reconstruction:
(i) Road width;
(ii) Maximum grade;
(iii) Crown design;
(iv) Turnouts;
(v) Drainage and ditch design;
(vi) On-site and off-site erosion control;
(vii) Revegetation of disturbed areas;
(viii) Location and size of culverts and/or bridges;
(ix) Fence cuts and/or cattleguards;
(x) Major cuts and fills;
(xi) Source and storage of topsoil; and
(xii) Type of surfacing materials, if any, that will be used.
(3) Location of existing wells. The operator must include a map and
may include a geospatial database that includes all known wells,
regardless of the well status (producing, abandoned, etc.), within a
one-mile radius of the proposed location.
(4) Location of existing and/or proposed production facilities. The
operator must include a map or diagram of facilities planned either on
or off the well pad that shows, to the extent known or anticipated, the
location of all production facilities and lines likely to be installed
if the well is successfully completed for production.
(i) The map or diagram and optional geospatial database must show
and differentiate between proposed and existing flow lines, overhead
and buried power lines, and water lines. If facilities will be located
on the well pad, the information should be consistent with the layout
provided in paragraph (e)(9) of this section.
(ii) The operator must show the dimensions of the facility layouts
for all new construction. This information may be used by the BLM or
the FS for Right- of-Way or Special Use Authorization application
information, as specified in Sec. 3171.18.
(iii) If the operator has not developed information regarding
production facilities, it may defer submission of that information
until a production well is completed, in which case the operator will
follow the procedures in Sec. 3171.21. However, for purposes of the
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) analysis, the BLM or the FS
will need a reasonable estimate of the facilities to be employed.
(5) Location and types of water supply. Information concerning
water supply, such as rivers, creeks, springs, lakes, ponds, and wells,
may be shown by quarter-quarter section on a map or plat, or may be
described in writing. The operator must identify the source, access
route, and transportation method for all water anticipated for use in
drilling the proposed well. The operator must describe any newly
constructed or reconstructed access roads crossing Federal or Indian
lands that are needed to haul the water as provided in paragraph (e)(2)
of this section. The operator must indicate if it plans to drill a
water supply well on the lease and, if so, the operator must describe
the location, construction details, and expected production
requirements, including a description of how water will be transported
and procedures for well abandonment.
(6) Construction materials. The operator must state the character
and intended use of all construction materials, such as sand, gravel,
stone, and soil material. The proposed source must be shown on a
quarter-quarter section of a map or plat or in a written description.
(7) Methods for handling waste. The Surface Use Plan of Operations
must contain a written description of the methods and locations
proposed for safe containment and disposal of each type of waste
material (e.g., cuttings, garbage, salts, chemicals, sewage, etc.) that
results from drilling the proposed well. The narrative must include
plans for the eventual disposal of drilling fluids and any produced oil
or water recovered during testing operations. The operator must
describe plans for the construction and lining, if necessary, of the
reserve pit.
(8) Ancillary facilities. The operator must identify on a map the
location and construction methods and materials for all anticipated
ancillary facilities such as camps, airstrips, and staging areas. The
operator must stake on the ground the approximate center of proposed
camps and the centerline of airstrips. If the ancillary facilities are
located off- lease, depending on surface managing agency policy, the
BLM or the FS may require the operator to obtain an additional
authorization, such as a Right-of-Way or Special Use Authorization.
(9) Well site layout. A diagram of the well site layout must have
an arrow indicating the north direction. Diagrams with cuts and fills
must be surveyed, designed, drawn, digitized, and certified by licensed
professional surveyors or engineers.
(i) The operator must submit a plat of a scale of not less than 1
inch = 50 feet showing the location and orientation of:
(A) The proposed drill pad;
(B) Reserve pit/blooie line/flare pit location;
(C) Access road entry points and their approximate location with
respect to topographic features and with cross section diagrams of the
drill pad; and
(D) The reserve pit showing all cuts; and fills and the relation to
topography.
(ii) The plat must also include the approximate proposed location
and orientation of the:
(A) Drilling rig;
(B) Dikes and ditches to be constructed; and
(C) Topsoil and/or spoil material stockpiles.
(10) Plans for surface reclamation. The operator must submit a plan
for the surface reclamation or stabilization of all disturbed areas.
This plan must
[[Page 39521]]
address interim (during production) reclamation for the area of the
well pad not needed for production, as well as final abandonment of the
well location.
(i) Such plans must include, as appropriate:
(A) Configuration of the reshaped topography;
(B) Drainage systems;
(C) Segregation of spoil materials (stockpiles);
(D) Surface disturbances;
(E) Backfill requirements;
(F) Proposals for pit/sump closures;
(G) Redistribution of topsoil;
(H) Soil treatments;
(I) Seeding or other steps to reestablish vegetation;
(J) Weed control; and
(K) Practices necessary to reclaim all disturbed areas, including
any access roads and pipelines.
(ii) The operator may amend this reclamation plan at the time of
abandonment. Further details for reclamation are contained in Sec.
3171.25.
(11) Surface ownership. The operator must indicate (in a narrative)
the surface ownership at the well location, and of all lands crossed by
roads that the operator plans to construct or upgrade, including, if
known, the name of the agency or owner, phone number, and address. The
operator must certify that they have provided a copy of the Surface Use
Plan of Operations required in this section to the private surface
owner of the well site location, if applicable, or that they made a
good faith effort if unable to provide the document to the surface
owner.
(12) Other information. The operator must include other information
required by applicable orders and notices (43 CFR 3162.3-1(d)(4)). When
an integrated pest management program is needed for weed or insect
control, the operator must coordinate plans with State or local
management agencies and include the pest management program in the
Surface Use Plan of Operations. The BLM also encourages the operator to
submit any additional information that may be helpful in processing the
application.
Sec. 3171.9 Bonding.
(a) Most bonding needs for oil and gas operations on Federal leases
are discussed in 43 CFR part 3100, subpart 3104. The operator must
obtain a bond in its own name as principal, or a bond in the name of
the lessee or sublessee. If the operator uses the lessee or sublessee's
bond, the operator must furnish a rider (consent of surety and
principal) that includes the operator under the coverage of the bond.
The operator must specify on the APD, Form 3160-3, the type of bond and
bond number under which the operations will be conducted.
(1) For Indian oil and gas, the appropriate provisions at 25 CFR
chapter I, subchapter I, govern bonding.
(2) Under the regulations at 43 CFR 3104.5 and 36 CFR 228.109, the
BLM or the FS may require additional bond coverage for specific APDs.
Other factors that the BLM or the FS may consider include:
(i) History of previous violations;
(ii) Location and depth of wells;
(iii) The total number of wells involved;
(iv) The age and production capability of the field; and
(v) Unique environmental issues.
(3) These bonds may be in addition to any statewide, nationwide, or
separate lease bond already applicable to the lease. In determining the
bond amount, the BLM may consider impacts of activities on both Federal
and non-Federal lands required to develop the lease that impact lands,
waters, and other resources off the lease.
(4) Separate bonds may be required for associated Rights-of-Way
and/or Special Use Authorizations that authorize activities not covered
by the approved APD.
(b) On Federal leases, operators may request a phased release of an
individual lease bond. The BLM will grant this reduction after
reclamation of some portion of the lease only if the operator:
(1) Has satisfied the terms and conditions in the plan for surface
reclamation for that particular operation; and
(2) No longer has any down-hole liability.
(c) If appropriate, the BLM may reduce the bond in the amount
requested by the operator or appropriate surface managing agency. The
FS also may reduce bonds it requires (but not the BLM-required bonds).
The BLM and the FS will base the amount of the bond reduction on a
calculation of the sum that is sufficient to cover the remaining
operations (including royalty payments) and abandonment (including
reclamation) as authorized by the Surface Use Plan of Operations.
Sec. 3171.10 Operator certification.
(a) The operator must include its name, address, and telephone
number, and the same information for its field representative, in the
APD package.
(b) The following certification must carry the operator's original
signature or be submitted to the BLM using the BLM's electronic
reporting system:
I hereby certify that I, or someone under my direct supervision,
have inspected the drill site and access route proposed herein; that
I am familiar with the conditions which currently exist; that I have
full knowledge of state and Federal laws applicable to this
operation; that the statements made in this APD package are, to the
best of my knowledge, true and correct; and that the work associated
with the operations proposed herein will be performed in conformity
with this APD package and the terms and conditions under which it is
approved. I also certify that I, or the company I represent, am
responsible for the operations conducted under this application.
These statements are subject to the provisions of 18 U.S.C. 1001 for
the filing of false statements.
Executed this _ day of ___, 20__.
Name-------------------------------------------------------------------
Position---------------------------------------------------------------
Title------------------------------------------------------------------
Address----------------------------------------------------------------
Telephone--------------------------------------------------------------
Field representative (if not above signatory)--------------------------
Address (if different from above)--------------------------------------
Telephone (if different from above)------------------------------------
Email (optional)-------------------------------------------------------
(c) Agents not directly employed by the operator must submit a
letter from the operator authorizing that agent to act or file this
application on their behalf.
Sec. 3171.11 Onsite inspection.
The onsite inspection must be conducted before the APD will be
considered complete.
Sec. 3171.12 APD posting and processing.
(a) Posting. The BLM and the Federal surface managing agency, if
other than the BLM, must provide at least 30 days public notice before
the BLM may approve an APD or Master Development Plan on a Federal oil
and gas lease. Posting is not required for an APD for an Indian oil and
gas lease or agreement.
(1) The BLM will post information about the APD or Notice of
Staking for Federal oil and gas leases to the internet and in an area
of the BLM Field Office having jurisdiction that is readily accessible
to the public. Posting to the internet under this provision will not be
required until after March 13, 2017. If the surface is managed by a
Federal agency other than the BLM, that agency also is required to post
the notice for at least 30 days. This would include the BIA where the
surface is held in trust but the mineral estate is federally owned. The
posting is for informational purposes only and is not an appealable
decision. The purpose of the posting is to give any interested party
notification that a Federal approval of mineral operations has been
requested. The BLM or the FS will not post confidential information.
[[Page 39522]]
(2) Reposting of the proposal may be necessary if the posted
location of the proposed well is:
(i) Moved to a different quarter-quarter section;
(ii) Moved more than 660 feet for lands that are not covered by a
Public Land Survey; or
(iii) If the BLM or the FS determine that the move is substantial.
(b) Processing. The timeframes established in this paragraph apply
to both individual APDs and to the multiple APDs included in Master
Development Plans and to leases of Indian minerals as well as leases of
Federal minerals. If there is enough information to begin processing
the application, the BLM (and the FS if applicable) will process it up
to the point that missing information or uncorrected deficiencies
render further processing impractical or impossible.
(1) Within 10 days of receiving an application, the BLM (in
consultation with the FS if the application concerns NFS lands) will
notify the operator as to whether or not the application is complete.
The BLM will request additional information and correction of any
material submitted, if necessary, in the 10-day notification. If an
onsite inspection has not been performed, the applicant will be
notified that the application is not complete. Within 10 days of
receiving the application, the BLM, in coordination with the operator
and surface managing agency, including the private surface owner in the
case of split estate minerals, will schedule a date for the onsite
inspection (unless the onsite inspection has already been conducted as
part of a Notice of Staking). The onsite inspection will be held as
soon as practicable based on participants' schedules and weather
conditions. The operator will be notified at the onsite inspection of
any additional deficiencies that are discovered during the inspection.
The operator has 45 days after receiving notice from the BLM to provide
any additional information necessary to complete the APD, or the APD
may be returned to the operator.
(2) Within 30 days after the operator has submitted a complete
application, including incorporating any changes that resulted from the
onsite inspection, the BLM will:
(i) Approve the application, subject to reasonable Conditions of
Approval, if the appropriate requirements of the NEPA, National
Historic Preservation Act, Endangered Species Act, and other applicable
law have been met and, if on NFS lands, the FS has approved the Surface
Use Plan of Operations;
(ii) Notify the operator that it is deferring action on the permit;
or
(iii) Deny the permit if it cannot be approved and the BLM cannot
identify any actions that the operator could take that would enable the
BLM to issue the permit or the FS to approve the Surface Use Plan of
Operations, if applicable.
(3) The notice of deferral in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section
must specify:
(i) Any action the operator could take that would enable the BLM
(in consultation with the FS if applicable) to issue a final decision
on the application. The FS will notify the applicant of any action the
applicant could take that would enable the FS to issue a final decision
on the Surface Use Plan of Operations on NFS lands. Actions may
include, but are not limited to, assistance with:
(A) Data gathering; and
(B) Preparing analyses and documents.
(ii) If applicable, a list of actions that the BLM or the FS need
to take before making a final decision on the application, including
appropriate analysis under NEPA or other applicable law and a schedule
for completing these actions.
(4) The operator has 2 years from the date of the notice under
paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section to take the action specified in the
notice. If the appropriate analyses required by NEPA, National Historic
Preservation Act, Endangered Species Act, and other applicable laws
have been completed, the BLM (and the FS if applicable), will make a
decision on the permit and the Surface Use Plan of Operations within 10
days of receiving a report from the operator addressing all of the
issues or actions specified in the notice under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of
this section and certifying that all required actions have been taken.
If the operator has not completed the actions specified in the notice
within 2 years from the operator's receipt of the notice under
paragraph (b)(3)(i), the BLM will deny the permit.
(5) For APDs on NFS lands, the decision to approve a Surface Use
Plan of Operations or Master Development Plan may be subject to FS
appeal procedures. The BLM cannot approve an APD until the appeal of
the Surface Use Plan of Operations is resolved.
Sec. 3171.13 Approval of APDs.
(a) The BLM has the lead responsibility for completing the
environmental review process, except in the case of NFS lands.
(1) The BLM cannot approve an APD or Master Development Plan until
the requirements of certain other laws and regulations including NEPA,
the National Historic Preservation Act, and the Endangered Species Act
have been met. The BLM must document that the needed reviews have been
adequately conducted. In some cases, operators conduct these reviews,
but the BLM remains responsible for their scope and content and makes
its own evaluation of the environmental issues, as required by 40 CFR
1506.5(b).
(2) The approved APD will contain Conditions of Approval that
reflect necessary mitigation measures. In accordance with 43 CFR
3101.1-2 and 36 CFR 228.107, the BLM or the FS may require reasonable
mitigation measures to ensure that the proposed operations minimize
adverse impacts to other resources, uses, and users, consistent with
granted lease rights. The BLM will incorporate any mitigation
requirements, including Best Management Practices, identified through
the APD review and appropriate NEPA and related analyses, as Conditions
of Approval to the APD.
(3) The BLM will establish the terms and Conditions of Approval for
any associated Right-of-Way when the application is approved.
(b) For NFS lands, the FS will establish the terms and Conditions
of Approval for both the Surface Use Plan of Operations and any
associated Surface Use Authorization. On NFS lands the FS has principal
responsibility for compliance with NEPA, the National Historic
Preservation Act, and the Endangered Species Act, but the BLM should be
a cooperating or co-lead agency for this purpose and adopt the analysis
as the basis for its decision. After the FS notifies the BLM it has
approved a Surface Use Plan of Operations on NFS lands, the BLM must
approve the APD before the operator may begin any surface-disturbing
activity.
(c) On Indian lands, BIA has responsibility for approving Rights-
of-Way.
(d) In the case of Indian lands, the BLM may be a cooperating or
co-lead agency for NEPA compliance or may adopt the NEPA analysis
prepared by the BIA (516 Department of the Interior Manual (DM) 3).
Sec. 3171.14 Valid period of approved APD.
(a) An APD approval is valid for 2 years from the date that it is
approved, or until lease expiration, whichever occurs first. If the
operator submits a written request before the expiration of the
original approval, the BLM, in coordination with the FS, as appropriate
may extend the APD's validity for up to 2 additional years.
[[Page 39523]]
(b) The operator is responsible for reclaiming any surface
disturbance that resulted from its actions, even if a well was not
drilled.
Sec. 3171.15 Master Development Plans.
(a) An operator may elect to submit a Master Development Plan
addressing two or more APDs that share a common drilling plan, Surface
Use Plan of Operations, and plans for future development and
production. Submitting a Master Development Plan facilitates early
planning, orderly development, and the cumulative effects analysis for
all the APDs expected to be drilled by an operator in a developing
field. Approval of a Master Development Plan serves as approval of all
of the APDs submitted with the Plan. Processing of a Master Development
Plan follows the procedures in Sec. 3171.12(b).
(b) After the Master Development Plan is approved, subsequent APDs
can reference the Master Development Plan and be approved using the
NEPA analysis for the Master Development Plan, absent substantial
deviation from the Master Development Plan previously analyzed or
significant new information relevant to environmental effects.
Therefore, an approved Master Development Plan results in timelier
processing of subsequent APDs. Each subsequent proposed well must have
a survey plat and an APD (Form 3160-3) that references the Master
Development Plan and any specific variations for that well.
Sec. 3171.16 Waiver from electronic submission requirements.
The operator may request a waiver from the electronic submission
requirement for an APD or Notice of Staking if compliance would cause
hardship or the operator is unable to file these documents
electronically. In the request, the operator must explain the reason(s)
that prevent its use of the electronic system, plans for complying with
the electronic submission requirement, and a timeframe for compliance.
If the request applies to a particular set of APDs or Notices of
Staking, then the request must identify the APDs or Notices of Staking
to which the waiver applies. The waiver request is subject to BLM
approval. If the request does not specify a particular set of APDs or
Notices of Staking, then the waiver will apply to all submissions made
by the operator during the compliance timeframe included as part of the
BLM's waiver approval. The BLM will not consider an APD or Notice of
Staking that the operator did not submit through the electronic system,
unless the BLM approves a waiver.
Sec. 3171.17 General operating requirements--operator
responsibilities.
(a) In the APD package, the operator must describe or show, as set
forth in this subpart, the procedures, equipment, and materials to be
used in the proposed operations. The operator must conduct operations
to minimize adverse effects to surface and subsurface resources,
prevent unnecessary surface disturbance, and conform with currently
available technology and practice. While appropriate compliance with
certain statutes, such as NEPA, the National Historic Preservation Act,
and the Endangered Species Act, are Federal responsibilities, the
operator may choose to conduct inventories and provide documentation to
assist the BLM or the surface managing agency to meet the requirements
of this paragraph (a). The inventories and other work may require
entering the lease and adjacent lands before approval of the APD. As in
staking and surveying, the operator should make a good faith effort to
contact the surface managing agency or surface owner before entry upon
the lands for these purposes.
(b) The operator cannot commence either drilling operations or
preliminary construction activities before the BLM's approval of the
APD. A copy of the approved APD and any Conditions of Approval must be
available for review at the drill site. Operators are responsible for
their contractor and subcontractor's compliance with the requirements
of the approved APD and/or Surface Use Plan of Operations. Drilling
without approval or causing surface disturbance without approval is a
violation of 43 CFR 3162.3-1(c) and is subject to a monetary assessment
under 43 CFR 3163.1(b)(2).
(c) The operator must comply with the provisions of the approved
APD and applicable laws, regulations, and Notices to Lessees,
including, but not limited to, those that address the issues described
in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this section.
(1) Cultural and historic resources. If historic or archaeological
materials are uncovered during construction, the operator must
immediately stop work that might further disturb such materials,
contact the BLM and if appropriate, the FS or other surface managing
agency. The BLM or the FS will inform the operator within 7 days after
the operator contacted the BLM as to whether the materials appear
eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places.
(i) If the operator decides to relocate operations to avoid further
costs to mitigate the site, the operator remains responsible for
recording the location of any historic or archaeological resource that
are discovered as a result of the operator's actions. The operator also
is responsible for stabilizing the exposed cultural material if the
operator created an unstable condition that must be addressed
immediately. The BLM, the FS, or other appropriate surface managing
agency will assume responsibility for evaluation and determination of
significance related to the historic or archaeological site.
(ii) If the operator does not relocate operations, the operator is
responsible for mitigation and stabilization costs and the BLM, the FS,
or appropriate surface managing agency will provide technical and
procedural guidelines for conducting mitigation. The operator may
resume construction operations when the BLM or the FS verifies that the
operator has completed the required mitigation.
(iii) Relocation of activities may subject the proposal to
additional environmental review. Therefore, if the presence of such
sites is suspected, the operator may want to submit alternate locations
for advance approval before starting construction.
(2) Endangered Species Act. To comply with the Endangered Species
Act, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.), and its implementing
regulations in 50 CFR chapter I, the operator must conduct all
operations such that all operations avoid a ``take'' of listed or
proposed threatened or endangered species and their critical habitats.
(3) Surface protection. Except as otherwise provided in an approved
Surface Use Plan of Operations, the operator must not conduct
operations in areas subject to mass soil movement, riparian areas,
floodplains, lakeshores, and/or wetlands. The operator also must take
measures to minimize or prevent erosion and sediment production. Such
measures may include, but are not limited to:
(i) Avoiding steep slopes and excessive land clearing when siting
structures, facilities, and other improvements; and
(ii) Temporarily suspending operations when frozen ground, thawing,
or other weather-related conditions would cause otherwise avoidable or
excessive impacts.
(4) Safety measures. The operator must maintain structures,
facilities, improvements, and equipment in a safe condition in
accordance with the approved APD. The operator must also take
appropriate measures as specified in Notices to Lessees to protect the
[[Page 39524]]
public from any hazardous conditions resulting from operations.
(i) In the event of an emergency, the operator may take immediate
action without prior surface managing agency approval to safeguard life
or to prevent significant environmental degradation. The BLM or the FS
must receive notification of the emergency situation and the remedial
action taken by the operator as soon as possible, but not later than 24
hours after the emergency occurred. If the emergency only affected
drilling operations and had no surface impacts, only the BLM must be
notified.
(ii) If the emergency involved surface resources on other surface
managing agency lands, the operator should also notify the surface
managing agency and private surface owner within 24 hours.
(iii) Upon conclusion of the emergency, the BLM or the FS, where
appropriate, will review the incident and take appropriate action.
(5) Completion reports. Within 30 days after the well completion,
the lessee or operator must submit to the BLM two copies of a completed
Form 3160-4, Well Completion or Recompletion Report and Log. Well logs
may be submitted to the BLM in an electronic format such as ``.LAS''
format. Surface and bottom-hole locations must be in latitude and
longitude.
Sec. 3171.18 Rights-of-Way and Special Use Authorizations.
(a) The BLM or the FS will notify the operator of any additional
Rights-of-Way, Special Use Authorizations, licenses, or other permits
that are needed for roads and support facilities for drilling or off-
lease access, as appropriate. This notification will normally occur at
the time the operator submits the APD or Notice of Staking package, or
Sundry Notice, or during the onsite inspection.
(b) The BLM or the FS, as appropriate, will approve or accept on-
lease activities that are associated with actions proposed in the APD
or Sundry Notice and that will occur on the lease as part of the APD or
Sundry Notice. These actions do not require a Right-of- Way or Special
Use Authorization. For pipeline Rights-of-Way crossing lands under the
jurisdiction of two or more Federal surface managing agencies, except
lands in the National Park Service or Indian lands, applications should
be submitted to the BLM. Refer to 43 CFR parts 2800 and 2880 for
guidance on BLM Rights-of-Way and 36 CFR part 251 for guidance on FS
Special Use Authorizations.
(1) Rights-of-Way (BLM). (i) For BLM lands, the APD package may
serve as the supporting document for the Right-of-Way application in
lieu of a Right-of-Way plan of development.
(ii) Any additional information specified in 43 CFR parts 2800 and
2880 will be required in order to process the Right- of-Way. The BLM
will notify the operator within 10 days of receipt of a Notice of
Staking, APD, or other notification if any parts of the project require
a Right- of-Way. If a Right-of-Way is needed, the information required
from the operator to approve the Right-of-Way may be submitted by the
operator with the APD package if the Notice of Staking option has been
used.
(2) Special Use Authorizations (FS) (36 CFR part 251, subpart B).
When a Special Use Authorization is required, the Surface Use Plan of
Operations may serve as the application for the Special Use
Authorization if the facility for which a Special Use Authorization is
required is adequately described (see 36 CFR 251.54(d)(ii)). Conditions
regulating the authorized use may be imposed to protect the public
interest, to ensure compatibility with other NFS lands programs and
activities consistent with the Forest Land and Resources Management
Plan. A Special Use Authorization, when related to an APD, will include
terms and conditions (36 CFR 251.56) and may require a specific
reclamation plan or adopt applicable parts of the Surface Use Plan of
Operations by reference.
Sec. 3171.19 Operating on lands with non-Federal surface and Federal
oil and gas.
(a) The operator must submit the name, address, and phone number of
the surface owner, if known, in its APD. The BLM will invite the
surface owner to the onsite inspection to assure that their concerns
are considered. As provided in the oil and gas lease, the BLM may
request that the applicant conduct surveys or otherwise provide
information needed for the BLM's National Historic Preservation Act
consultation with the State Historic Preservation Officer or Indian
tribe or its Endangered Species Act consultation with the relevant
fisheries agency. The Federal mineral lessee has the right to enter the
property for the purpose set out in the preceding sentence, since it is
a necessary prerequisite to development of the dominant mineral estate.
Nevertheless, the lessee or operator should seek to reach agreement
with the surface owner about the time and method by which any survey
would be conducted.
(b) Likewise, in the case of actual oil and gas operations, the
operator must make a good faith effort to notify the private surface
owner before entry and make a good faith effort to obtain a Surface
Access Agreement from the surface owner. This section also applies to
lands with Indian trust surface and Federal minerals. In these cases,
the operator must make a good faith effort to obtain surface access
agreement with the tribe in the case of tribally owned surface,
otherwise with the majority of the Indian surface owners who can be
located with the assistance and concurrence of the BIA. The Surface
Access Agreement may include terms or conditions of use, be a waiver,
or an agreement for compensation. The operator must certify to the BLM
that:
(1) It made a good faith effort to notify the surface owner before
entry; and
(2) That an agreement with the surface owner has been reached or
that a good faith effort to reach an agreement failed. If no agreement
was reached with the surface owner, the operator must submit an
adequate bond (minimum of $1,000) to the BLM for the benefit of the
surface owner sufficient to:
(i) Pay for loss or damages; or
(ii) As otherwise required by the specific statutory authority
under which the surface was patented and the terms of the lease.
(c) Surface owners have the right to appeal the sufficiency of the
bond. Before the approval of the APD, the BLM will make a good faith
effort to contact the surface owner to assure that they understand
their rights to appeal.
(d) The BLM must comply with NEPA, the National Historic
Preservation Act, the Endangered Species Act, and related Federal
statutes when authorizing lease operations on split estate lands where
the surface is not federally owned and the oil and gas is Federal. For
split estate lands within FS administrative boundaries, the BLM has the
lead responsibility, unless there is a local BLM/FS agreement that
gives the FS this responsibility.
(e) The operator must make a good faith effort to provide a copy of
their Surface Use Plan of Operations to the surface owner. After the
APD is approved the operator must make a good faith effort to provide a
copy of the Conditions of Approval to the surface owner. The APD
approval is not contingent upon delivery of a copy of the Conditions of
Approval to the surface owner.
Sec. 3171.20 Leases for Indian oil and gas.
(a) Approval of operations. The BLM will process APDs, Master
Development Plans, and Sundry Notices on Indian tribal and allotted oil
and gas leases, and Indian Mineral Development Act mineral agreements
in a manner similar to Federal leases. For processing such
[[Page 39525]]
applications, the BLM considers the BIA to be the surface managing
agency. Operators are responsible for obtaining any special use or
access permits from appropriate BIA and, where applicable, tribal
offices. The BLM is not required to post for public inspection APDs for
minerals subject to Indian oil and gas leases or agreements.
(b) Surface use. Where the wellsite and/or access road is proposed
on Indian lands with a different beneficial owner than the minerals,
the operator is responsible for entering into a surface use agreement
with the Indian tribe or the individual Indian surface owner, subject
to BIA approval. This agreement must specify the requirements for
protection of surface resources, mitigation, and reclamation of
disturbed areas. The BIA, the Indian surface owner, and the BLM,
pursuant to 25 CFR 211.4, 212.4 and 225.4, will develop the Conditions
of Approval. If the operator is unable to obtain a Surface Access
Agreement, it may provide a bond for the benefit of the surface
owner(s) (see Sec. 3171.19).
Sec. 3171.21 Subsequent operations and Sundry Notices.
Subsequent operations must follow 43 CFR part 3160, applicable
lease stipulations, and APD Conditions of Approval. The operator must
file the Sundry Notice in the BLM Field Office having jurisdiction over
the lands described in the notice or the operator may file it using the
BLM's electronic commerce system.
(a) Surface disturbing operations. (1) Lessees and operators must
submit for BLM or FS approval a request on Form 3160-5 before:
(i) Undertaking any subsequent new construction outside the
approved area of operations; or
(ii) Reconstructing or altering existing facilities including, but
not limited to, roads, emergency pits, firewalls, flowlines, or other
production facilities on any lease that will result in additional
surface disturbance.
(2) If, at the time the original APD was filed, the lessee or
operator elected to defer submitting information under Sec.
3171.8(e)(4)(iii), the lessee or operator must supply this information
before construction and installation of the facilities. The BLM, in
consultation with any other involved surface managing agency, may
require a field inspection before approving the proposal. The lessee or
operator may not begin construction until the BLM approves the proposed
plan in writing.
(3) The operator must certify on Form 3160-5 that they have made a
good faith effort to provide a copy of any proposal involving new
surface disturbance to the private surface owner in the case of split
estate.
(b) Emergency repairs. Lessees or operators may undertake emergency
repairs without prior approval if they promptly notify the BLM. Lessees
or operators must submit sufficient information to the BLM or the FS to
permit a proper evaluation of any:
(1) Resulting surface disturbing activities; or
(2) Planned accommodations necessary to mitigate potential adverse
environmental effects.
Sec. 3171.22 Well conversions.
(a) Conversion to an injection well. When subsequent operations
will result in a well being converted to a Class II injection well
(i.e., for disposal of produced water, oil and gas production
enhancement, or underground storage of hydrocarbons), the operator must
file with the appropriate BLM office a Sundry Notice, Notice of Intent
to Convert to Injection on Form 3160-5. The BLM and the surface
managing agency, if applicable, will review the information to ensure
its technical and administrative adequacy. Following the review, the
BLM, in consultation with the surface managing agency, where
applicable, will decide upon the approval or disapproval of the
application based upon relevant laws and regulations and the
circumstances (e.g., the well used for lease or non-lease operations,
surface ownership, and protection of subsurface mineral ownership). The
BLM will determine if a Right-of-Way or Special Use Authorization and
additional bonding are necessary and notify the operator.
(b) Conversion to a water supply well. In cases where the surface
managing agency or private surface owner desires to acquire an oil and
gas well and convert it to a water supply well or acquire a water
supply well that was drilled by the operator to support lease
operations, the surface managing agency or private surface owner must
inform the appropriate BLM office of its intent before the approval of
the APD in the case of a dry hole and no later than the time a Notice
of Intent to Abandon is submitted for a depleted production well. The
operator must abandon the well according to BLM instructions, and must
complete the surface cleanup and reclamation, in conjunction with the
approved APD, Surface Use Plan of Operations, or Notice of Intent to
Abandon, if the BLM or the FS require it. The surface managing agency
or private surface owner must reach agreement with the operator as to
the satisfactory completion of reclamation operations before the BLM
will approve any abandonment or reclamation. The BLM approval of the
partial abandonment under this section, completion of any required
reclamation operations, and the signed release agreement will relieve
the operator of further obligation for the well. If the surface
managing agency or private surface owner acquires the well for water
use purposes, the party acquiring the well assumes liability for the
well.
Sec. 3171.23 Variances.
The operator may make a written request to the agency with
jurisdiction to request a variance from this subpart. A request for a
variance must explain the reason the variance is needed and demonstrate
how the operator will satisfy the intent of this subpart. The operator
may include the request in the APD package. A variance from the
requirements of this subpart does not constitute a variance to
provisions of other regulations, laws, or orders. When the BLM is the
decision maker on a request for a variance, the decision whether to
grant or deny the variance request is entirely within the BLM's
discretion. The decision on a variance request is not subject to
administrative appeals either to the State Director or pursuant to 43
CFR part 4.
Sec. 3171.24 Waivers, exceptions, or modifications.
(a) An operator may also request that the BLM waive (permanently
remove), except (case-by-case exemption), or modify (permanently
change) a lease stipulation for a Federal lease. In the case of Federal
leases, a request to waive, except, or modify a stipulation should also
include information demonstrating that the factors leading to its
inclusion in the lease have changed sufficiently to make the protection
provided by the stipulation no longer justified or that the proposed
operation would not cause unacceptable impacts.
(b) When the waiver, exception, or modification is substantial, the
proposed waiver, exception, or modification is subject to public review
for 30 days. Prior to such public review, the BLM, and when applicable
the FS, will post it in their local Field Office and, when possible,
electronically on the internet. When the request is included in the
Notice of Staking or APD, the request will be included as part of the
application posting under Sec. 3171.5(c). Prior to granting a waiver,
exception, or modification, the BLM will obtain the concurrence or
approval of the FS or Federal surface managing agency. Decisions on
such waivers,
[[Page 39526]]
exceptions, or modifications are subject to appeal pursuant to 43 CFR
part 4.
(c) After drilling has commenced, the BLM and the FS may consider
verbal requests for waivers, exceptions, or modifications. However, the
operator must submit a written notice within 7 days after the verbal
request. The BLM and the FS will confirm in writing any verbal
approval. Decisions on waivers, exceptions, or modifications submitted
after drilling has commenced are final for the Department of the
Interior and not subject to administrative review by the State Director
or appeal pursuant to 43 CFR part 4.
Sec. 3171.25 Abandonment.
In accordance with the requirements of 43 CFR 3162.3-4, before
starting abandonment operations the operator must submit a Notice of
Intent to Abandon on Sundry Notices and Reports on Wells, Form 3160-5.
If the operator proposes to modify the plans for surface reclamation
approved at the APD stage, the operator must attach these modifications
to the Notice of Intent to Abandon.
(a) Plugging. The operator must obtain BLM approval for the
plugging of the well by submitting a Notice of Intent to Abandon. In
the case of dry holes, drilling failures, and in emergency situations,
verbal approval for plugging may be obtained from the BLM, with the
Notice of Intent to Abandon promptly submitted as written
documentation. Within 30 days following completion of well plugging,
the operator must file with the BLM a Subsequent Report of Plug and
Abandon, using Sundry Notices and Reports on Wells, Form 3160-5. For
depleted production wells, the operator must submit a Notice of Intent
to Abandon and obtain the BLM's approval before plugging.
(b) Reclamation. Plans for surface reclamation are a part of the
Surface Use Plan of Operations, as specified in Sec. 3171.8(e)(10),
and must be designed to return the disturbed area to productive use and
to meet the objectives of the land and resource management plan. If the
operator proposes to modify the plans for surface reclamation approved
at the APD stage, the operator must attach these modifications to the
Subsequent Report of Plug and Abandon using Sundry Notices and Reports
on Wells, Form 3160-5.
(1) For wells not having an approved plan for surface reclamation,
operators must submit to the BLM a proposal describing the procedures
to be followed for complete abandonment, including a map showing the
disturbed area and roads to be reclaimed. The BLM will forward the
request to the FS or other surface managing agency. If applicable, the
private surface owner will be notified and their views will be
carefully considered.
(2) Earthwork for interim and final reclamation must be completed
within 6 months of well completion or well plugging (weather
permitting). All pads, pits, and roads must be reclaimed to a
satisfactorily revegetated, safe, and stable condition, unless an
agreement is made with the landowner or surface managing agency to keep
the road or pad in place. Pits containing fluid must not be breached
(cut) and pit fluids must be removed or solidified before backfilling.
Pits may be allowed to air dry subject to BLM or FS approval, but the
use of chemicals to aid in fluid evaporation, stabilization, or
solidification must have prior BLM or FS approval. Seeding or other
activities to reestablish vegetation must be completed within the time
period approved by the BLM or the FS.
(3) Upon completion of reclamation operations, the lessee or
operator must notify the BLM or the FS using Form 3160-5, Final
Abandonment Notice, when the location is ready for inspection. Final
abandonment will not be approved until the surface reclamation work
required in the Surface Use Plan of Operations or Subsequent Report of
Plug and Abandon has been completed to the satisfaction of the BLM or
the FS and surface managing agency, if appropriate.
Sec. 3171.26 Appeal procedures.
(a) Complete information concerning the review and appeal processes
for BLM actions is contained in 43 CFR parts 4 and 3160, subpart 3165.
Incorporation of a FS approved Surface Use Plan of Operations into the
approval of an APD or a Master Development Plan is not subject to
protest to the BLM or appeal to the Interior Board of Land Appeals.
(b) The FS's decisions approving use of NFS lands may be subject to
agency appeal procedures, in accordance with 36 CFR part 215 or 251.
(c) Decisions governing Surface Use Plan of Operations and Special
Use Authorization approvals on NFS lands that involve analysis,
documentation, and other requirements of the NEPA may be subject to
agency appeal procedures, under 36 CFR part 215.
(d) The FS's regulations at 36 CFR part 251 govern appeals by an
operator of written FS decisions related to Conditions of Approval or
administration of Surface Use Plans of Operations or Special Use
Authorizations to occupy and use NFS lands.
(e) The operator may appeal decisions of the BIA under 25 CFR part
2.
Appendix A to Subpart 3171--Sample Format for Notice of Staking
(Not to be used in place of Application for Permit to Drill or
Reenter Form 3160-3)
1. Oil Well
Gas Well
Other (Specify)
2. Name, Address, and Telephone of Operator
3. Name and Telephone of Specific Contact Person
4. Surface Location of Well
Attach:
(a) Sketch showing road entry onto pad, pad dimensions, and
reserve pit
(b) Topographical or other acceptable map (e.g., a USGS 7-\1/
2\'' Quadrangle) showing location, access road, and lease boundaries
5. Lease Number
6. If Indian, Allottee or Tribe Name
7. Unit Agreement Name
8. Well Name and Number
9. American Petroleum Institute (API) Well Number (if available)
10. Field Name or Wildcat
11. Section, Township, Range, Meridian; or Block and Survey; or Area
12. County, Parish, or Borough
13. State
14. Name and Depth of Formation Objective(s)
15. Estimated Well Depth
16. For directional or horizontal wells, anticipated bottom-hole
location.
17. Additional Information (as appropriate; include surface owner's
name, address and, if known, telephone).
18. Signed-------------------------------------------------------------
Title------------------------------------------------------------------
Date-------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: When the Bureau of Land Management or the Forest Service,
as appropriate, receives this Notice, the agency will schedule the
date of the onsite inspection. You must stake the location and flag
the access road before the onsite inspection. Operators should
consider the following before the onsite inspection and incorporate
these considerations into the Notice of Staking Option, as
appropriate:
(a) H2S Potential;
(b) Cultural Resources (Archeology); and
(c) Federal Right-of-Way or Special Use Permit.
Subpart 3172--Drilling Operations on Federal and Indian Oil and Gas
Leases
Sec.
3172.1 Authority.
3172.2 Purpose.
3172.3 Scope.
3172.4 General.
3172.5 Definitions.
3172.6 Well control.
3172.7 Casing and cementing.
3172.8 Mud program.
3172.9 Drill stem testing.
3172.10 Special drilling operations.
3172.11 Surface use.
3172.12 Drilling abandonment.
[[Page 39527]]
3172.13 Variances from minimum standards.
Appendix A to Subpart 3172--Diagrams of Choke Manifold Requirements
Sec. 3172.1 Authority.
(a) This subpart is established pursuant to the authority granted
to the Secretary of the Interior pursuant to various Federal and Indian
mineral leasing statutes and the Federal Oil and Gas Royalty Management
Act of 1982. This authority has been delegated to the Bureau of Land
Management and is implemented by the onshore oil and gas operating
regulations contained in 43 CFR part 3160.
(b) Specific authority for the provisions contained in this subpart
is found at: 43 CFR 3162.3-1, 3162.3-4, 3162.4-1, 3162.4-3, 3162.5-1,
3162.5-2 (see paragraph (a)), and 3162.5-3; and 43 CFR part 3160,
subpart 3163.
Sec. 3172.2 Purpose.
This subpart details the Bureau's uniform national standards for
the minimum levels of performance expected from lessees and operators
when conducting drilling operations on Federal and Indian lands (except
Osage Tribe) and for abandonment immediately following drilling. The
purpose also is to identify the enforcement actions that will result
when violations of the minimum standards are found, and when those
violations are not abated in a timely manner.
Sec. 3172.3 Scope.
This subpart is applicable to all onshore Federal and Indian
(except Osage Tribe) oil and gas leases.
Sec. 3172.4 General.
(a) If an operator chooses to use higher rated equipment than that
authorized in the Application for Permit to Drill (APD), testing
procedures shall apply to the approved working pressures, not the
upgraded higher working pressures.
(b) Some situations may exist either on a well-by-well or field-
wide basis whereby it is commonly accepted practice to vary a
particular minimum standard(s) established in this subpart. This
situation may be resolved by requesting a variance (see Sec. 3172.13),
by the inclusion of a stipulation to the APD, or by the issuance of a
Notice to Lessees and Operators (NTL) by the appropriate BLM office.
(c) When a violation is discovered, and if it does not cause or
threaten immediate substantial and adverse impact on public health and
safety, the environment, production accountability or royalty income,
it will be classified as minor. The violation may be reissued as a
major violation if not corrected during the abatement period and
continued drilling has changed the adverse impact of the violation so
that it meets the specific definition of a major violation.
(d) This subpart is not intended to circumvent the reporting
requirements or compliance aspects that may be stated elsewhere in
existing NTLs, regulations, etc. A lessee's compliance with the
requirements of the regulations in this subpart shall not relieve the
lessee of the obligation to comply with other applicable laws and
regulations in accordance with 43 CFR 3162.5-1(c). Lessees should give
special attention to the automatic assessment provisions in 43 CFR
3163.1(b).
(e) This subpart is based upon the assumption that operations have
been approved in accordance with 43 CFR part 3160 and subpart 3171 of
this part. Failure to obtain approval prior to commencement of drilling
or related operations shall subject the operator to immediate
assessment under 43 CFR 3163.1(b)(2).
Sec. 3172.5 Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the term:
2M, 3M, 5M, 10M, and 15M mean the pressure ratings used for
equipment with a working pressure rating of the equivalent thousand
pounds per square inch (psi) (2M=2,000 psi, 3M=3,000 psi, etc.).
Abnormal pressure zone means a zone that has either pressure above
or below the normal gradient for an area and/or depth.
Bleed line means the vent line that bypasses the chokes in the
choke manifold system; also referred to as panic line.
Blooie line means a discharge line used in conjunction with a
rotating head.
Drilling spool means a connection component with both ends either
flanged or hubbed, with an internal diameter at least equal to the bore
of the casing, and with smaller side outlets for connecting auxiliary
lines.
Exploratory well means any well drilled beyond the known producing
limits of a pool.
Fill-up line means the line used to fill the hole when the drill
pipe is being removed from the well. It is usually connected to a 2-
inch collar that is welded into a drilling nipple.
Flare line means a line used to carry gas away from the rig to be
burned at a safer location. The gas comes from the degasser, gas
buster, separator, or when drill stem testing, directly from the drill
pipe.
Functionally operated means activating equipment without subjecting
it to well-bore pressure.
Isolating means using cement to protect, separate, or segregate
usable water and mineral resources.
Lease means any contract, profit-share agreement, joint venture, or
other agreement issued or approved by the United States under a mineral
leasing law that authorizes exploration for, extraction of, or removal
of oil or gas (see 43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Lessee means a person holding record title in a lease issued by the
United States (see 43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Make-up water means water that is used in mixing slurry for cement
jobs and plugging operations and is compatible with the cement
constituents being used.
Manual locking device means any manually activated device, such as
a hand wheel, etc., that is used for the purpose of locking the
preventer in the closed position.
Mud for plugging purposes means a slurry of bentonite or similar
flocculent/viscosifier, water, and additives needed to achieve the
desired weight and consistency to stabilize the hole.
Mudding up means adding materials and chemicals to water to control
the viscosity, weight, and filtrate loss of the circulating system.
Operating rights owner (or owner) means a person or entity holding
operating rights in a lease issued by the United States. A lessee also
may be an operating rights owner if the operating rights in a lease or
portion thereof have not been severed from record title.
Operational means capable of functioning as designed and installed
without undue force or further modification.
Operator means any person or entity, including but not limited to
the lessee or operating rights owner, who has stated in writing to the
authorized officer his/her responsibility for the operations conducted
in the leased lands or a portion thereof.
Precharge pressure means the nitrogen pressure remaining in the
accumulator after all the hydraulic fluid has been expelled from
beneath the movable barrier.
Prompt correction means immediate correction of violations, with
drilling suspended if required in the discretion of the authorized
officer.
Prospectively valuable deposit of minerals means any deposit of
minerals that the authorized officer determines to have characteristics
of quantity and quality that warrant its protection.
Tagging the plug means running in the hole with a string of tubing
or drill
[[Page 39528]]
pipe and placing sufficient weight on the plug to ensure its integrity.
Other methods of tagging the plug may be approved by the authorized
officer.
Targeted tee or turn means a fitting used in pressure piping in
which a bull plug or blind flange of the same pressure rating as the
rest of the approved system is installed at the end of a tee or cross,
opposite the fluid entry arm, to change the direction of flow and to
reduce erosion.
Usable water means generally those waters containing up to 10,000
parts per million (ppm) of total dissolved solids.
Weep hole means a small hole that allows pressure to bleed off
through the metal plate used in covering well bores after abandonment
operations.
Sec. 3172.6 Well control.
(a) Requirements. Blowout preventer (BOP) and related equipment
(BOPE) shall be installed, used, maintained, and tested in a manner
necessary to assure well control and shall be in place and operational
prior to drilling the surface casing shoe unless otherwise approved by
the APD. Commencement of drilling without the approved BOPE installed,
unless otherwise approved, shall subject the operator to immediate
assessment under 43 CFR 3163.1(b)(1). The BOP and related control
equipment shall be suitable for operations in those areas which are
subject to sub-freezing conditions. The BOPE shall be based on known or
anticipated sub-surface pressures, geologic conditions, accepted
engineering practice, and surface environment. Item number 7 of the 8
point plan in the APD specifically addresses expected pressures. The
working pressure of all BOPE shall exceed the anticipated surface
pressure to which it may be subjected, assuming a partially evacuated
hole with a pressure gradient of 0.22 psi/ft.
(b) Violation classifications. The gravity of the violation for
many of the well control minimum standards listed in paragraphs (b)(1)
through (9) of this section are shown as minor. However, very short
abatement periods in this subpart are often specified in recognition
that by continuing to drill, the violation which was originally
determined to be of a minor nature may cause or threaten immediate,
substantial, and adverse impact on public health and safety, the
environment, production accountability, or royalty income, which would
require it reclassification as a major violation.
(1) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for well control
equipment. (i) A well control device shall be installed at the surface
that is capable of complete closure of the well bore. This device shall
be closed whenever the well is unattended.
Table 1 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(1)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) For 2M system:
(A) Annular preventer, double ram, or two rams with one being blind
and one being a pipe ram (major);
(B) Kill line (2 inch minimum);
(C) 1 kill line valve (2 inch minimum);
(D) 1 choke line valve;
(E) 2 chokes (refer to diagram in appendix A to this subpart);
(F) Upper kelly cock valve with handle available;
(G) Safety valve and subs to fit all drill strings in use;
(H) Pressure gauge on choke manifold;
(I) 2 inch minimum choke line; and
(J) Fill-up line above the uppermost preventer.
Table 2 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(1)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
Major (as indicated)........ Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) For 3M system:
(A) Annular preventers (major);
(B) Double ram with blind rams and pipe rams (major);
(C) Drilling spool, or blowout preventer with 2 side outlets (choke
side shall be a 3-inch minimum diameter, kill side shall be at least 2-
inch diameter) (major);
(D) Kill line (2 inch minimum);
(E) A minimum of 2 choke line valves (3 inch minimum) (major);
(F) 3 inch diameter choke line;
(G) 2 kill line valves, one of which shall be a check valve (2 inch
minimum) (major);
(H) 2 chokes (refer to diagram in appendix A to this subpart);
(I) Pressure gauge on choke manifold;
(J) Upper kelly cock valve with handle available;
(K) Safety valve and subs to fit all drill string connections in
use;
(L) All BOPE connections subjected to well pressure shall be
flanged, welded, or clamped (major); and
(M) Fill-up line above the uppermost preventer.
Table 3 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(1)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
Major (as indicated)........ Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iv) For 5M system:
(A) Annular preventer (major);
(B) Pipe ram, blind ram, and, if conditions warrant, as specified
by the authorized officer, another pipe ram shall also be required
(major);
[[Page 39529]]
(C) A second pipe ram preventer or variable bore pipe ram preventer
shall be used with a tapered drill string;
(D) Drilling spool, or blowout preventer with 2 side outlets (choke
side shall be a 3-inch minimum diameter, kill side shall be at least 2-
inch diameter) (major);
(E) 3 inch diameter choke line;
(F) 2 choke line valves (3 inch minimum) (major);
(G) Kill line (2 inch minimum);
(H) 2 chokes with 1 remotely controlled from rig floor (refer to
diagram in appendix A to this subpart);
(I) 2 kill line valves and a check valve (2 inch minimum) (major);
(J) Upper kelly cock valve with a handle available;
(K) When the expected pressures approach working pressure of the
system, 1 remote kill line tested to stack pressure (which shall run to
the outer edge of the substructure and be unobstructed);
(L) Lower kelly cock valve with handle available;
(M) Safety valve(s) and subs to fit all drill string connections in
use;
(N) Inside BOP or float sub available;
(O) Pressure gauge on choke manifold;
(P) All BOPE connections subjected to well pressure shall be
flanged, welded, or clamped (major); and
(Q) Fill-up line above the uppermost preventer.
Table 4 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(1)(iv)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
Major (as indicated)........ Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(v) For 10M & 15M system:
(A) Annular preventer (major);
(B) 2 pipe rams (major);
(C) Blind rams (major);
(D) Drilling spool, or blowout preventer with 2 side outlets (choke
side shall be a 3-inch minimum diameter, kill side shall be at least 2-
inch diameter) (major):
(E) 3 inch choke line (major);
(F) 2 kill line valves (2 inch minimum) and check valve (major):
(G) Remote kill line (2 inch minimum) shall run to the outer edge
of the substructure and be unobstructed;
(H) Manual and hydraulic choke line valves (3 inch minimum)
(major);
(I) 3 chokes, 1 being remotely controlled (refer to diagram in
appendix A to this subpart);
(J) Pressure gauge on choke manifold;
(K) Upper kelly cock valve with handle available;
(L) Lower kelly cock valve with handle available;
(M) Safety valves and subs to fit all drill string connections in
use;
(N) Inside BOP or float sub available;
(O) Wear ring in casing head;
(P) All BOPE connections subjected to well pressure shall be
flanged, welded, or clamped (major); and
(Q) Fill-up line installed above the uppermost preventer.
Table 5 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(1)(v)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
Major (as indicated)........ Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vi) If repair or replacement of the BOPE is required after
testing, this work shall be performed prior to drilling out the casing
shoe.
Table 6 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(1)(vi)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vii) When the BOPE cannot function to secure the hole, the hole
shall be secured using cement, retrievable packer or a bridge plug
packer, bridge plug, or other acceptable approved method to assure safe
well conditions.
Table 7 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(1)(vii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for choke manifold
equipment. (i) All choke lines shall be straight lines unless turns use
tee blocks or are targeted with running tees, and shall be anchored to
prevent whip and reduce vibration.
[[Page 39530]]
Table 8 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(2)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Choke manifold equipment configuration shall be functionally
equivalent to the appropriate example diagram shown in appendix A of
this subpart. The configuration of the chokes may vary.
Table 9 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(2)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) All valves (except chokes) in the kill line, choke manifold,
and choke line shall be a type that does not restrict the flow (full
opening) and that allows a straight through flow (same enforcement as
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section).
(iv) Pressure gauges in the well control system shall be a type
designed for drilling fluid service (same enforcement as paragraph
(b)(2)(ii) of this section).
(3) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for pressure
accumulator system. (i) 2M system--accumulator shall have sufficient
capacity to close all BOP's and retain 200 psi above precharge.
Nitrogen bottles that meet manufacturer's specifications may be used as
the backup to the required independent power source.
Table 10 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(3)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) 3M system--accumulator shall have sufficient capacity to open
the hydraulically controlled choke line valve (if so equipped), close
all rams plus the annual preventer, and retain a minimum of 200 psi
above precharge on the closing manifold without the use of the closing
unit pumps. This is a minimum requirement. The fluid reservoir capacity
shall be double the usable fluid volume of the accumulator system
capacity and the fluid level of the reservoir shall be maintained at
the manufacturer's recommendations. The 3M system shall have 2
independent power sources to close the preventers. Nitrogen bottles (3
minimum) may be 1 of the independent power sources and, if so, shall
maintain a charge equal to the manufacturer's specifications.
Table 11 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(3)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) 5M and higher system--accumulator shall have sufficient
capacity to open the hydraulically controlled gate valve (if so
equipped) and close all rams plus the annular preventer (for 3 ram
systems add a 50 percent safety factor to compensate for any fluid loss
in the control system or preventers) and retain a minimum pressure of
200 psi above precharge on the closing manifold without use of the
closing unit pumps. The fluid reservoir capacity shall be double the
usable fluid volume of the accumulator system capacity and the fluid
level of the reservoir shall be maintained at the manufacturer's
recommendations. Two independent sources of power shall be available
for powering the closing unit pumps. Sufficient nitrogen bottles are
suitable as a backup power source only, and shall be recharged when the
pressure falls below manufacturer's specifications.
Table 12 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(3)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for accumulator
precharge pressure test. This test shall be conducted prior to
connecting the closing unit to the BOP stack and at least once every 6
months. The accumulator pressure shall be corrected if the measured
precharge pressure is found to be above or below the maximum or minimum
limit specified in table 13 to this paragraph (b)(4) (only nitrogen gas
may be used to precharge):
[[Page 39531]]
Table 13 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(4)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulator working Minimum acceptable Maximum acceptable Minimum acceptable
pressure rating operating pressure Desired precharge precharge pressure precharge pressure
(psi) (psi) pressure (psi) (psi) (psi)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,500 1,500 750 800 700
2,000 2,000 1,000 1,100 900
3,000 3,000 1,000 1,100 900
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 14 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Perform test........ 24 hours.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for power
availability. Power for the closing unit pumps shall be available to
the unit at all times so that the pumps shall automatically start when
the closing unit manifold pressure has decreased to a pre-set level.
Table 15 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(5)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for accumulator
pump capacity. Each BOP closing unit shall be equipped with sufficient
number and sizes of pumps so that, with the accumulator system isolated
from service, the pumps shall be capable of opening the hydraulically
operated gate valve (if so equipped), plus closing the annular
preventer on the smallest size drill pipe to be used within 2 minutes,
and obtain a minimum of 200 psi above specified accumulator precharge
pressure.
Table 16 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for locking
devices. A manual locking device (i.e., hand wheels) or automatic
locking devices shall be installed on all systems of 2M or greater. A
valve shall be installed in the closing line as close as possible to
the annular preventer to act as a locking device. This valve shall be
maintained in the open position and shall be closed only when the power
source for the accumulator system is inoperative.
Table 17 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(7)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for remote
controls. Remote controls shall be readily accessible to the driller.
Remote controls for all 3M or greater systems shall be capable of
closing all preventers. Remote controls for 5M or greater systems shall
be capable of both opening and closing all preventers. Master controls
shall be at the accumulator and shall be capable of opening and closing
all preventers and the choke line valve (if so equipped). No remote
control for a 2M system is required.
Table 18 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(8)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(9) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for well control
equipment testing. (i) Perform all tests described in paragraphs
(b)(9)(ii) through (x) of this section using clear water or an
appropriate clear liquid for
[[Page 39532]]
subfreezing temperatures with a viscosity similar to water.
(ii) Ram type preventers and associated equipment shall be tested
to approved (see Sec. 3172.4(a)) stack working pressure if isolated by
test plug or to 70 percent of internal yield pressure of casing if BOP
stack is not isolated from casing. Pressure shall be maintained for at
least 10 minutes or until requirements of test are met, whichever is
longer. If a test plug is utilized, no bleed-off of pressure is
acceptable. For a test not utilizing a test plug, if a decline in
pressure of more than 10 percent in 30 minutes occurs, the test shall
be considered to have failed. Valve on casing head below test plug
shall be open during test of BOP stack.
(iii) Annular type preventers shall be tested to 50 percent of
rated working pressure. Pressure shall be maintained at least 10
minutes or until provisions of test are met, whichever is longer.
(iv) As a minimum, the test in paragraph (b)(9)(iii) of this
section shall be performed:
(A) When initially installed;
(B) Whenever any seal subject to test pressure is broken;
(C) Following related repairs; and
(D) At 30-day intervals.
(v) Valves shall be tested from working pressure side during BOPE
tests with all down stream valves open.
(vi) When testing the kill line valve(s), the check valve shall be
held open or the ball removed.
(vii) Annular preventers shall be functionally operated at least
weekly.
(viii) Pipe and blind rams shall be activated each trip, however,
this function need not be performed more than once a day.
(ix) A BOPE pit level drill shall be conducted weekly for each
drilling crew.
(x) Pressure tests shall apply to all related well control
equipment.
(xi) All of the tests described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through
(x) of this section and/or drills shall be recorded in the drilling
log.
Table 19 to Sec. 3172.6(b)(9)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Perform the 24 hours or next
necessary test or trip, as most
provide appropriate.
documentation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3172.7 Casing and cementing.
(a) Requirements. The proposed casing and cementing programs shall
be conducted as approved to protect and/or isolate all usable water
zones, potentially productive zones, lost circulation zones, abnormally
pressured zones, and any prospectively valuable deposits of minerals.
Any isolating medium other than cement shall receive approval prior to
use. The casing setting depth shall be calculated to position the
casing seat opposite a competent formation which will contain the
maximum pressure to which it will be exposed during normal drilling
operations. Determination of casing setting depth shall be based on all
relevant factors, including: presence/absence of hydrocarbons; fracture
gradients; usable water zones; formation pressures; lost circulation
zones; other minerals; or other unusual characteristics. All
indications of usable water shall be reported.
(1) Minimum design factors for tensions, collapse, and burst that
are incorporated into the casing design by an operator/lessee shall be
submitted to the authorized operator for his review and approval along
with the APD for all exploratory wells or as otherwise specified by the
authorized officer.
(2) Casing design shall assume formation pressure gradients of 0.44
to 0.50 psi per foot for exploratory wells (lacking better data).
(3) Casing design shall assume fracture gradients from 0.70 to 1.00
psi per foot for exploratory wells (lacking better data).
(4) Casing collars shall have a minimum clearance of 0.422 inches
on all sides in the hole/casing annulus, with recognition that
variances can be granted for justified exceptions.
(5) All waiting on cement times shall be adequate to achieve a
minimum of 500 psi compressive strength at the casing shoe prior to
drilling out.
(b) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for casing and
cementing. (1) All casing, except the conductor casing, shall be new or
reconditioned and tested casing. All casing shall meet or exceed
American Petroleum Institute (API) standards for new casing. The use of
reconditioned and tested used casing shall be subject to approval by
the authorized officer: approval will be contingent upon the wall
thickness of any such casing being verified to be at least 87\1/2\
percent of the nominal wall thickness of new casing.
Table 1 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Perform remedial Prompt correction
action as specified required.
by the authorized
officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) For liners, a minimum of 100 feet of overlap between a string
of casing and the next larger casing is required. The interval of
overlap shall be sealed and tested. The liner shall be tested by a
fluid entry or pressure test to determine whether a seal between the
liner top and next larger string has been achieved. The test pressure
shall be the maximum anticipated pressure to which the seal will be
exposed. No test shall be required for liners that do not incorporate
or need a seal mechanism.
Table 2 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Perform remedial Upon determination
action as specified of corrective
by the authorized action.
officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39533]]
(3) The surface casing shall be cemented back to surface either
during the primary cement job or by remedial cementing.
Table 3 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Perform remedial Prompt correction
cementing. required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) All of the tests described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of
this section shall be recorded in the drilling log.
Table 4 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Perform the 24 hours.
necessary test or
provide
documentation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) All indications of usable water shall be reported to the
authorized officer prior to running the next string of casing or before
plugging orders are requested, whichever occurs first.
Table 5 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(5)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Report information Prompt correction
as required. required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) Surface casing shall have centralizers on the bottom 3 joints
of the casing (a minimum of 1 centralizer per joint, starting with the
shoe joint).
Table 6 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Logging/testing may Prompt correction
be required to upon determination
determine the of corrective
quality of the job. action.
Recementing may
then be specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) Top plugs shall be used to reduce contamination of cement by
displacement fluid. A bottom plug or other acceptable technique, such
as a suitable preflush fluid, inner string cement method, etc., shall
be utilized to help isolate the cement from contamination by the mud
fluid being displaced ahead of the cement slurry.
Table 7 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(7)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Logging may be Based upon
required to determination of
determine the corrective action.
quality of the
cement job.
Recementing or
further recementing
may then be
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) All casing strings below the conductor shall be pressure tested
to 0.22 psi per foot of casing string length or 1,500 psi, whichever is
greater, but not to exceed 70 percent of the minimum internal yield. If
pressure declines more than 10 percent in 30 minutes, corrective action
shall be taken.
Table 8 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(8)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Perform the test and/ 24 hours.
or remedial action
as specified by the
authorized officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(9) On all exploratory wells, and on that portion of any well
approved for a 5M BOPE system or greater, a pressure integrity test of
each casing shoe shall be performed. Formation at the shoe shall be
tested to a minimum of the mud weight equivalent anticipated to control
the formation pressure to the next casing depth or at total depth of
the
[[Page 39534]]
well. This test shall be performed before drilling more than 20 feet of
new hole.
Table 9 to Sec. 3172.7(b)(9)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Perform the 24 hours.
specified test.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3172.8 Mud program.
(a) Requirements. The characteristics, use, and testing of drilling
mud and the implementation of related drilling procedures shall be
designed to prevent the loss of well control. Sufficient quantities of
mud materials shall be maintained or readily accessible for the purpose
of assuring well control.
(b) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for mud program
and equipment. (1) Record slow pump speed on daily drilling report
after mudding up.
Table 1 to Sec. 3172.8(b)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Record required 24 hours.
information.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Visual mud monitoring equipment shall be in place to detect
volume changes indicating loss or gain of circulating fluid volume.
Table 2 to Sec. 3172.8(b)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install necessary 24 hours.
equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) When abnormal pressures are anticipated, electronic/mechanical
mud monitoring equipment shall be required, which shall include as a
minimum: pit volume totalizer (PVT); stroke counter; and flow sensor.
Table 3 to Sec. 3172.8(b)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install necessary 24 hours.
instrumentation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) A mud test shall be performed every 24 hours after mudding up
to determine, as applicable: density, viscosity, gel strength,
filtration, and pH.
Table 4 to Sec. 3172.8(b)(4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Perform necessary 24 hours.
tests.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) A trip tank shall be used on 10M and 15M systems and on
upgraded 5M systems as determined by the authorized officer.
Table 5 to Sec. 3172.8(b)(5)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install necessary 24 hours.
equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6)(i) Gas detecting equipment shall be installed in the mud return
system for exploratory wells or wells where abnormal pressure is
anticipated, and hydrocarbon gas shall be monitored for pore pressure
changes.
(ii) Hydrogen sulfide safety and monitoring equipment requirements
may be found in subpart 3176 of this part.
[[Page 39535]]
Table 6 to Sec. 3172.8(b)(6)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install necessary 24 hours.
equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) All flare systems shall be designed to gather and burn all gas.
The flare line(s) discharge shall be located not less than 100 feet
from the well head, having straight lines unless turns are targeted
with running tees, and shall be positioned downwind of the prevailing
wind direction and shall be anchored. The flare system shall have an
effective method for ignition. Where noncombustible gas is likely or
expected to be vented, the system shall be provided supplemental fuel
for ignition and to maintain a continuous flare.
Table 6 to Sec. 3172.8(b)(7)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install equipment as 24 hours.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) A mud-gas separator (gas buster) shall be installed and
operable for all systems of 10M or greater and for any system where
abnormal pressure is anticipated beginning at a point at least 500 feet
above any anticipated hydrocarbon zone of interest.
Table 8 to Sec. 3172.8(b)(8)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install required Prompt correction
equipment. required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3172.9 Drill stem testing.
(a) Requirements. Initial opening of drill stem test tools shall be
restricted to daylight hours unless specific approval to start during
other hours is obtained from the authorized officer. However, drill
stem tests (DSTs) may be allowed to continue at night if the test was
initiated during daylight hours and the rate of flow is stabilized and
if adequate lighting is available (i.e., lighting which is adequate for
visibility and vapor-proof for safe operations). Packers can be
released, but tripping shall not begin before daylight, unless prior
approval is obtained from the authorized officer. Closed chamber DSTs
may be accomplished day or night.
(b) Minimum standards for drill stem testing. (1) A DST that flows
to the surface with evidence of hydrocarbons shall be either reversed
out of the testing string under controlled surface conditions, or
displaced into the formation prior to pulling the test tool. This would
involve providing some means for reserve circulation.
Table 1 to Sec. 3172.9(b)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Contingent on Prompt correction
circumstances and required.
as specified by the
authorized officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Separation equipment required for the anticipated recovery
shall be properly installed before a test starts.
Table 2 to Sec. 3172.9(b)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install required Prompt correction
equipment. required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) All engines within 100 feet of the wellbore that are required
to ``run'' during the test shall have spark arresters or water-cooled
exhausts.
Table 3 to Sec. 3172.9(b)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install required Prompt correction
equipment. required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39536]]
Sec. 3172.10 Special drilling operations.
(a) In addition to the equipment already specified elsewhere in
this subpart, the following equipment shall be in place and operational
during air/gas drilling:
(1) Properly lubricated and maintained rotating head (major);
(2) Spark arresters on engines or water-cooled exhaust (major);
(3) Blooie line discharge 100 feet from well bore and securely
anchored;
(4) Straight run on blooie line unless otherwise approved;
(5) Deduster equipment (major);
(6) All cuttings and circulating medium shall be directed into a
reserve or blooie pit (major);
(7) Float valve above bit (major);
(8) Automatic igniter or continuous pilot light on the blooie line
(major);
(9) Compressors located in the opposite direction from the blooie
line a minimum of 100 feet from the well bore; and
(10) Mud circulating equipment, water, and mud materials (does not
have to be premixed) sufficient to maintain the capacity of the hole
and circulating tanks or pits.
Table 1 to Sec. 3172.10(a)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install the 24 hours.
equipment as
specified.
Major (as indicated)........ Install the Prompt correction
equipment as required.
specified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Hydrogen sulfide operation is specifically addressed under
subpart 3176 of this part.
Sec. 3172.11 Surface use.
(a) Responsibilities. Subpart 3171 of this part specifically
addresses surface use. Subpart 3171 provides for safe operations,
adequate protection of surface resources and uses, and other
environmental components. The operator/lessee is responsible for, and
liable for, all building, construction, and operating activities and
subcontracting activities conducted in association with the APD.
Requirements and special stipulations for surface use are contained in
or attached to the approved APD.
(b) Minimum standards and enforcement provisions for surface use.
The requirements and stipulations of approval shall be strictly adhered
to by the operator/lessee and any contractors.
(c) Violation. If a violation is identified by the authorized
officer he shall determine whether it is major or minor, considering
the definitions in 43 CFR 3160.0-5, and shall specify the appropriate
corrective action and abatement period.
Sec. 3172.12 Drilling abandonment.
(a) Requirements. The standards in paragraphs (a)(1) through (11)
of this section apply to the abandonment of newly drilled dry or non-
productive wells in accordance with Sec. 3171.18 and 43 CFR 3162.3-4.
Approval shall be obtained prior to the commencement of abandonment.
All formations bearing usable-quality water, oil, gas, or geothermal
resources, and/or a prospectively valuable deposit of minerals shall be
protected. Approval may be given orally by the authorized officer
before abandonment operations are initiated. This oral request and
approval shall be followed by a written Notice of Intent to Abandon
filed not later than the fifth business day following oral approval.
Failure to obtain approval prior to commencement of abandonment
operations shall result in immediate assessment of under 43 CFR
3163.1(b)(3). The hole shall be in static condition at the time any
plugs are placed (this does not pertain to plugging lost circulation
zones). Within 30 days of completion of abandonment, a subsequent
report of abandonment shall be filed. Plugging design for an
abandonment hole shall include the following:
(1) Open hole. (i) A cement plug shall be placed to extend at least
50 feet below the bottom (except as limited by total depth (TD) or
plugged back total depth (PBTD)), to 50 feet above the top of:
(A) Any zone encountered during drilling which contains fluid or
gas with a potential to migrate; and (B) Any prospectively valuable
deposit of minerals.
(ii) All cement plugs, except the surface plug, shall have
sufficient slurry volume to fill 100 feet of hole, plus an additional
10 percent of slurry for each 1,000 feet of depth.
(iii) No plug, except the surface plug, shall be less than 25 sacks
without receiving specific approval from the authorized officer.
(iv) Extremely thick sections of a single formation may be secured
by placing 100-foot plugs across the top and bottom of the formation,
and in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
(v) In the absence of productive zones or prospectively valuable
deposits of minerals which otherwise require placement of cement plugs,
long sections of open hole shall be plugged at least every 3,000 feet.
Such plugs shall be placed across in-gauge sections of the hole, unless
otherwise approved by the authorized officer.
(2) Cased hole. A cement plug shall be placed opposite all open
perforations and extend to a minimum of 50 feet below (except as
limited by TD or PBTD) to 50 feet above the perforated interval. All
cement plugs, except the surface plug, shall have sufficient slurry
volume to fill 100 feet of hole, plus an additional 10 percent of
slurry for each 1,000 feet of depth. In lieu of the cement plug, a
bridge plug is acceptable, provided:
(i) The bridge plug is set within 50 feet to 100 feet above the
open perforations; (ii) The perforations are isolated from any open
hole below; and (iii) The bridge plug is capped with 50 feet of cement.
If a bailer is used to cap this plug, 35 feet of cement shall be
sufficient.
(3) Casing removed from hole. If any casing is cut and recovered, a
cement plug shall be placed to extend at least 50 feet above and below
the stub. The exposed hole resulting from the casing removal shall be
secured as required in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(4) Cement plug. An additional cement plug placed to extend a
minimum of 50 feet above and below the shoe of the surface casing (or
intermediate string, as appropriate).
(5) Annular space. No annular space that extends to the surface
shall be left open to the drilled hole below. If this condition exists,
a minimum of the top 50 feet of annulus shall be plugged with cement.
(6) Isolating medium. Any cement plug which is the only isolating
medium for a fresh water interval or a zone containing a prospectively
valuable deposit of minerals shall be tested by tagging with the drill
string. Any plugs placed where the fluid level will not remain static
also shall be tested by either tagging the plug with the working pipe
string, or pressuring to a minimum
[[Page 39537]]
pump (surface) pressure of 1,000 psi, with no more than a 10 percent
drop during a 15-minute period (cased hole only). If the integrity of
any other plug is questionable, or if the authorized officer has
specific concerns for which he/she orders a plug to be tested, it shall
be tested in the same manner.
(7) Silica sand or silica flour. Silica sand or silica flour shall
be added to cement exposed to bottom hole static temperatures above
230[ordm] F to prevent heat degradation of the cement.
(8) Surface plug. A cement plug of at least 50 feet shall be placed
across all annuluses. The top of this plug shall be placed as near the
eventual casing cutoff point as possible.
(9) Mud. Each of the intervals between plugs shall be filled with
mud of sufficient density to exert hydrostatic pressure exceeding the
greatest formation pressure encountered while drilling such interval.
In the absence of other information at the time plugging is approved, a
minimum mud weight of 9 pounds per gallon shall be specified.
(10) Surface cap. All casing shall be cut-off at the base of the
cellar or 3 feet below final restored ground level (whichever is
deeper). The well bore shall then be covered with a metal plate at
least \1/4\ inch thick and welded in place, or a 4-inch pipe, 10-feet
in length, 4 feet above ground and embedded in cement as specified by
the authorized officer. The well location and identity shall be
permanently inscribed. A weep hole shall be left if a metal plate is
welded in place.
(11) Cellar. The cellar shall be filled with suitable material as
specified by the authorized officer and the surface restored in
accordance with the instructions of the authorized officer.
(b) Minimum standard. All plugging orders shall be strictly adhered
to.
Table 1 to Sec. 3172.12(b)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Contingent upon Prompt correction
circumstances. required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3172.13 Variances from minimum standards.
(a) An operator may request the authorized officer to approve a
variance from any of the minimum standards prescribed in Sec. Sec.
3172.6 through 3172.12. All such requests shall be submitted in writing
to the appropriate authorized officer and provide information as to the
circumstances which warrant approval of the variance(s) requested and
the proposed alternative methods by which the related minimum
standard(s) are to be satisfied. The authorized officer, after
considering all relevant factors, if appropriate, may approve the
requested variance(s) if it is determined that the proposed
alternative(s) meet or exceed the objectives of the applicable minimum
standard(s).
(b) Emergency or other situations of an immediate nature that could
not be reasonably foreseen at the time of APD approval may receive oral
approval. However, such requests shall be followed up by a written
notice filed not later than the fifth business day following oral
approval.
Appendix A to Subpart 3172--Diagrams of Choke Manifold Equipment
BILLING CODE 4331-29-P
Figure 1 to Appendix A to Subpart 3172--2M Choke Manifold Equipment
[[Page 39538]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.000
Figure 2 to Appendix A to Subpart 3172--3M Choke Manifold Equipment
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.001
[[Page 39539]]
Figure 3 to Appendix A to Subpart 3172--5M Choke Manifold Equipment
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.002
[[Page 39540]]
Figure 4 to Appendix A to Subpart 3172--10M and 15M Choke Manifold
Equipment
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.003
BILLING CODE 4331-29-C
0
3. Add subparts 3176 and 3177 to read as follows
Subpart 3176--Onshore Oil and Gas Production: Hydrogen Sulfide
Operations
Sec.
3176.1 Authority.
3176.2 Purpose.
3176.3 Scope.
3176.4 Definitions.
3176.5 Requirements.
3176.6 Applications, approvals, and reports.
3176.7 Public protection.
3176.8 Drilling/completion/workover requirements.
3176.9 Production requirements.
3176.10 Variances from requirements.
3176.11 Incorporation by reference.
Authority: 25 U.S.C. 396d and 2107; 30 U.S.C. 189, 306, 359,
and 1751; and 43 U.S.C. 1732(b), 1733, and 1740.
Sec. 3176.1 Authority.
This subpart is established pursuant to the authority granted to
the Secretary of the Interior through various Federal and Indian
mineral leasing statutes and the Federal Oil and Gas Royalty Management
Act of 1982. This authority has been delegated to the Bureau of Land
Management and is implemented by the onshore oil and gas operating
regulations contained in 43 CFR part 3160. More specifically, this
subpart implements and supplements the provisions of 43 CFR 3162.1,
3162.5-1(a), (c), and (d), 3162.5-2(a), and 3162.5-3.
Sec. 3176.2 Purpose.
The purpose of this subpart is to protect public health and safety
and those personnel essential to maintaining control of the well. This
subpart identifies the Bureau of Land Management's uniform national
requirements and minimum standards of performance expected from
operators when conducting operations involving oil or gas that is known
or could reasonably be expected to contain hydrogen sulfide
(H2S) or which results in the emission of sulfur dioxide
(SO2) as a result of flaring H2S. This subpart
also identifies the gravity of violations, probable corrective
action(s), and normal abatement periods.
[[Page 39541]]
Sec. 3176.3 Scope.
(a) This subpart is applicable to all onshore Federal and Indian
(except Osage Tribe) oil and gas leases when drilling, completing,
testing, reworking, producing, injecting, gathering, storing, or
treating operations are being conducted in zones which are known or
could reasonably be expected to contain H2S or which, when
flared, could produce SO2, in such concentrations that upon
release could constitute a hazard to human life. The requirements and
minimum standards of this subpart do not apply when operating in zones
where H2S is presently known not to be present or cannot
reasonably be expected to be present in concentrations of 100 parts per
million (ppm) or more in the gas stream.
(b) The requirements and minimum standards in this subpart do not
relieve an operator from compliance with any applicable Federal, State,
or local requirement(s) regarding H2S or SO2
which are more stringent.
Sec. 3176.4 Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the term:
Authorized officer means any employee of the Bureau of Land
Management authorized to perform the duties described in 43 CFR parts
3000 and 3100 (43 CFR 3000.0-5).
Christmas tree means an assembly of valves and fittings used to
control production and provide access to the producing tubing string.
The assembly includes all equipment above the tubinghead top flange.
Dispersion technique means a mathematical representation of the
physical and chemical transportation, dilution, and transformation of
H2S gas emitted into the atmosphere.
Escape rate means that the maximum volume (Q) used as the escape
rate in determining the radius of exposure shall be that specified in
paragraphs (1) through (4) of this definition, as applicable:
(1) For a production facility, the escape rate shall be calculated
using the maximum daily rate of gas produced through that facility or
the best estimate thereof;
(2) For gas wells, the escape rate shall be calculated by using the
current daily absolute open-flow rate against atmospheric pressure;
(3) For oil wells, the escape rate shall be calculated by
multiplying the producing gas/oil ratio by the maximum daily production
rate or best estimate thereof; or
(4) For a well being drilled in a developed area, the escape rate
may be determined by using the offset wells completed in the
interval(s) in question.
Essential personnel means those on-site personnel directly
associated with the operation being conducted and necessary to maintain
control of the well.
Exploratory well means any well drilled beyond the known producing
limits of a pool.
Gas well means a well for which the energy equivalent of the gas
produced, including the entrained liquid hydrocarbons, exceeds the
energy equivalent of the oil produced.
H2S Drilling Operations Plan means a written plan which provides
for safety of essential personnel and for maintaining control of the
well with regard to H2S and SO2.
Lessee means a person or entity holding record title in a lease
issued by the United States (43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Major violation means noncompliance which causes or threatens
immediate. substantial, and adverse impacts on public health and
safety, the environment, production accountability, or royalty income
(43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Minor violation means noncompliance which does not rise to the
level of a major violation (43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Oil well means a well for which the energy equivalent of the oil
produced exceeds the energy equivalent of the gas produced, including
the entrained liquid hydrocarbons.
Operating rights owner means a person or entity holding operating
rights in a lease issued by the United States. A lessee may also be an
operating rights owner if the operating rights in a lease or portion
thereof have not been severed from record title (43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Operator means any person or entity including but not limited to
the lessee or operating rights owner who has stated in writing to the
authorized officer that he/she is responsible under the terms of the
lease for the operations conducted on the leased lands or a portion
thereof (43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Potentially hazardous volume means a volume of gas of such
H2S concentration and flow rate that it may result in radius
of exposure-calculated ambient concentrations of 100 ppm H2S
at any occupied residence, school, church, park, school bus stop, place
of business, or other area where the public could reasonably be
expected to frequent, or 500 ppm H2S at any Federal, State,
County, or municipal road or highway.
Production facilities means any wellhead, flowline, piping,
treating, or separating equipment, water disposal pits, processing
plant, or combination thereof prior to the approved measurement point
for any lease, communitization agreement, or unit participating area.
Prompt correction means immediate correction of violations, with
operation suspended if required at the discretion of the authorized
officer.
Public Protection Plan means a written plan which provides for the
safety of the potentially affected public with regard to H2S
and SO2.
Radius of exposure means the calculation resulting from using the
following Pasquill-Gifford derived equation, or by such other method(s)
as may be approved by the authorized officer:
(1) For determining the 100 ppm radius of exposure where the
H2S concentration in the gas stream is less than 10:
X = [1.589)(H2S concentration)(Q)]\(0.6258)\; or
(2) For determining the 500 ppm radius of exposure where the
H2S concentration in the gas stream is less than 10:
X = [(0.4546)(H2S concentration)(Q)]\(0.6258)\
Where:
X = radius of exposure in feet;
H2S Concentration = decimal equivalent of the mole or
volume fractions of H2S in the gaseous mixture; and
Q = maximum volume of gas determined to be available for escape in
cubic feet per day (at standard conditions of 14.73 psia and
60[deg]F).
(3) For determining the 100 ppm or the 500 ppm radius of exposure
in gas streams containing H2S concentrations of 10 percent
or greater, a dispersion technique that takes into account
representative wind speed, direction, atmospheric stability, complex
terrain, and other dispersion features shall be utilized. Such
techniques may include, but shall not be limited to, one of a series of
computer models outlined in the Environmental Protection Agency's
``Guidelines on Air Quality Models'' (EPA-450/2-78-027R).
(4) Where multiple H2S sources (i.e., wells, treatment
equipment, flowlines, etc.) are present, the operator may elect to
utilize a radius of exposure which covers a larger area than would be
calculated using radius of exposure formula for each component part of
the drilling/completion/workover/production system.
(5) For a well being drilled in an area where insufficient data
exits to calculate a radius of exposure, but where H2S could
reasonably be expected to be present in concentrations in excess of 100
ppm in the gas stream, a 100 ppm radius of exposure equal to 3,000 feet
shall be assumed.
[[Page 39542]]
Zones known not to contain H2S means geological formations in a
field where prior drilling, logging, coring, testing, or producing
operations have confirmed the absence of H2S-bearing zones
that contain 100 ppm or more of H2S in the gas stream.
Zones known to contain H2S means geological formations in a field
where prior drilling, logging, coring, testing, or producing operations
have confirmed that H2S-bearing zones will be encountered
that contain 100 ppm or more of H2S in the gas stream.
Zones which can reasonably be expected to contain H2S means
geological formations in the area which have not had prior drilling,
but prior drilling to the same formations in similar field(s) within
the same geologic basin indicates there is a potential for 100 ppm or
more of H2S in the gas stream.
Zones which cannot reasonably be expected to contain H2S means
geological formations in the area which have not had prior drilling,
but prior drilling to the same formations in similar field(s) within
the same geologic basin indicates there is not a potential for 100 ppm
or more of H2S in the gas stream.
Sec. 3176.5 Requirements.
The requirements of this subpart are the minimum acceptable
standards with regard to H2S operations. This subpart also
classifies violations as typically major or minor for purposes of the
assessment and penalty provisions of 43 CFR part 3160, subpart 3163,
specifies the corrective action which will probably be required, and
establishes the normal abatement period following detection of a major
or minor violation in which the violator may take such corrective
action without incurring an assessment. However, the authorized officer
may, after consideration of all appropriate factors, require reasonable
and necessary standards, corrective actions, and abatement periods that
may, in some cases, vary from those specified in this subpart that he/
she determines to be necessary to protect public health and safety, the
environment, or to maintain control of a well to prevent waste of
Federal mineral resources. To the extent such standards, actions, or
abatement periods differ from those set forth in this subpart, they may
be subject to review pursuant to 43 CFR 3165.3.
Sec. 3176.6 Applications, approvals, and reports.
(a) Drilling. For proposed drilling operations where formations
will be penetrated which have zones known to contain or which could
reasonably be expected to contain concentrations of H2S of
100 ppm or more in the gas stream, the H2S Drilling
Operation Plan and, if the applicability criteria in Sec. 3176.7(a)
are met, a Public Protection Plan as outlined in Sec. 3176.7(b), shall
be submitted as part of the Application for Permit to Drill (APD)
(refer to subpart 3171 of this part). In cases where multiple filings
are being made with a single drilling plan, a single H2S
Drilling Operations Plan and, if applicable, a single Public Protection
Plan may be submitted for the lease, communitization agreement, unit,
or field in accordance with subpart 3171. Failure to submit either the
H2S Drilling Operations Plan or the Public Protection Plan
when required by this subpart shall result in an incomplete APD
pursuant to 43 CFR 3162.3-1.
(b) Drilling plan. The H2S Drilling Operations Plan
shall fully describe the manner in which the requirements and minimum
standards in Sec. 3176.8, shall be met and implemented. As required by
this subpart (Sec. 3176.8), the following must be submitted in the
H2S Drilling Operations Plan:
(1) Statement that all personnel shall receive proper
H2S training in accordance, with Sec. 3176.8(c)(1).
(2) A legible well site diagram of accurate scale (may be included
as part of the well site layout as required by subpart 3171 of this
part) showing the following:
(i) Drill rig orientation;
(ii) Prevailing wind direction;
(iii) Terrain of surrounding area;
(iv) Location of all briefing areas (designate primary briefing
area);
(v) Location of access road(s) (including secondary egress);
(vi) Location of flare line(s) and pit(s);
(vii) Location of caution and/or danger signs; and
(viii) Location of wind direction indicators.
(3) As required by this subpart, a complete description of the
following H2S safety equipment/systems:
(i) Well control equipment. (A) Flare line(s) and means of
ignition;
(B) Remote controlled choke;
(C) Flare gun/flares; and
(D) Mud-gas separator and rotating head (if exploratory well);
(ii) Protective equipment for essential personnel. (A) Location,
type, storage, and maintenance of all working and escape breathing
apparatus; and
(B) Means of communication when using protective breathing
apparatus;
(iii) H2S detection and monitoring equipment. (A) H2S
sensors and associated audible/visual alarm(s); and
(B) Portable H2S and SO2 monitor(s);
(iv) Visual warning systems. (A) Wind direction indicators; and (B)
Caution/danger sign(s) and flag(s);
(v) Mud program. (A) Mud system and additives; and (B) Mud
degassing system;
(vi) Metallurgy. Metallurgical properties of all tubular goods and
well control equipment which could be exposed to H2S (Sec.
3176.8(d)(3)); and
(vii) Communication. Means of communication from wellsite.
(4) Plans for well testing.
(c) Production. (1) For each existing production facility having an
H2S concentration of 100 ppm or more in the gas stream, the
operator shall calculate and submit the calculations to the authorized
officer within 180 days of January 22, 1991, the 100 and, if
applicable, the 500 ppm radii of exposure for all facilities to
determine if the applicability criteria in Sec. 3176.7(a) are met.
Radii of exposure calculations shall not be required for oil or water
flowlines. Further, if any of the applicability criteria (Sec.
3176.7(a)) are met, the operator shall submit a complete Public
Protection Plan which meets the requirements of Sec. 3176.7(b)(2) to
the authorized officer within 1 year of January 22, 1991. For
production facilities constructed after January 22, 1991, and meeting
the minimum concentration (100 ppm in gas stream), the operator shall
report the radii of exposure calculations, and if the applicability
criteria in Sec. 3176.7(a) are met, submit a complete Public
Protection Plan (Sec. 3176.7(b)(2)) to the authorized officer within
60 days after completion of production facilities.
Table 1 to Sec. 3176.6(c)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor for failure to submit Submit required 20 to 40 days.
required information. information (radii
of exposure and/or
complete Public
Protection Plan).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39543]]
(2) The operator shall initially test the H2S
concentration of the gas stream for each well or production facility
and shall make the results available to the authorized officer, upon
request.
Table 2 to Sec. 3176.6(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Test gas from well 20 to 40 days.
or production
facility.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) If operational or production alterations result in a 5 percent
or more increase in the H2S concentration (i.e., well
recompletion, increased gas-to-oil ratios) or the radius of exposure as
calculated under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, notification of such
changes shall be submitted to the authorized officer within 60 days
after identification of the change.
Table 3 to Sec. 3176.6(c)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Submit information 20 to 40 days.
to authorized
officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Plans and reports. (1) H2S Drilling Operations
Plan(s) or Public Protection Plan(s) shall be reviewed by the operator
on an annual basis and a copy of any necessary revisions shall be
submitted to the authorized officer upon request.
Table 4 to Sec. 3176.6(d)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Submit information 20 to 40 days.
to authorized
officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Any release of a potentially hazardous volume of H2S
shall be reported to the authorized officer as soon as practicable, but
no later than 24 hours following identification of the release.
Table 5 to Sec. 3176.6(d)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Report undesirable 24 hours.
event to the
authorized officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3176.7 Public protection.
(a) Applicability criteria. For both drilling/completion/workover
and production operations, the H2S radius of exposure shall
be determined on all wells and production facilities subject to this
subpart. A Public Protection Plan (paragraph (b) of this section) shall
be required when any of the following conditions apply:
(1) The 100 ppm radius of exposure is greater than 50 feet and
includes any occupied residence, school, church, park, school bus stop,
place of business, or other areas where the public could reasonably be
expected to frequent;
(2) The 500 ppm radius of exposure is greater than 50 feet and
includes any part of a Federal, State, County, or municipal road or
highway owned and principally maintained for public use; or
(3) The 100 ppm radius of exposure is equal to or greater than
3,000 feet where facilities or roads are principally maintained for
public use. Additional specific requirements for drilling/completion/
workover or producing operations are described in Sec. Sec. 3176.8 and
3176.9, respectively.
(b) Public Protection Plan--(1) Plan submission/implementation/
availability. (i) A Public Protection Plan providing details of actions
to alert and protect the public in the event of a release of a
potentially hazardous volume of H2S shall be submitted to
the authorized officer as required by Sec. 3176.6(a) for drilling or
by Sec. 3176.6(c) for producing operations when the applicability
criteria established in paragraph (a) of this section are met. One plan
may be submitted for each well, lease, communitization agreement, unit,
or field, at the operator's discretion. The Public Protection Plan
shall be maintained and updated, in accordance with Sec. 3176.6(d).
(ii) The Public Protection Plan shall be activated immediately upon
detection of release of a potentially hazardous volume of
H2S.
Table 1 to Sec. 3176.7(b)(1)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Immediate Prompt correction
implementation of required.
the Public
Protection Plan.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39544]]
(iii) A copy of the Public Protection Plan shall be available at
the drilling/completion site for such wells and at the facility, field
office, or with the pumper, as appropriate, for producing wells,
facilities, and during workover operations.
Table 2 to Sec. 3176.7(b)(1)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Make copy of Plan 24 hours (drilling/
available. completion/
workover), 5 to 7
days (production).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Plan content. (i) The details of the Public Protection Plan may
vary according to the site-specific characteristics (concentration,
volume, terrain, etc.) expected to be encountered and the number and
proximity of the population potentially at risk. In the areas of high
population density or in other special cases, the authorized officer
may require more stringent plans to be developed. These may include
public education seminars, mass alert systems, and use of sirens,
telephone, radio, and television depending on the number of people at
risk and their location with respect to the well site.
(ii) The Public Protection Plan shall include:
(A) The responsibilities and duties of key personnel, and
instructions for alerting the public and requesting assistance;
(B) A list of names and telephone numbers of residents, those
responsible for safety of public roadways, and individuals responsible
for the safety of occupants of buildings within the 100 ppm radius of
exposure (e.g., school principals, building managers, etc.) as defined
by the applicability criteria in paragraph (a) of this section. The
operator shall ensure that those who are at the greatest risk are
notified first. The Plan shall define when and how people are to be
notified in case of an H2S emergency;
(C) A telephone call list (including telephone numbers) for
requesting assistance from law enforcement, fire department, and
medical personnel and Federal and State regulatory agencies, as
required. Necessary information to be communicated and the emergency
responses that may be required shall be listed. This information shall
be based on previous contacts with these organizations;
(D) A legible 100 ppm (or 3,000 feet, if conditions unknown) radius
plat of all private and public dwellings, schools, roads, recreational
areas, and other areas where the public might reasonably be expected to
frequent;
(E) Advance briefings, by visit, meeting, or letter to the people
identified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including:
(1) Hazards of H2S and SO2;
(2) Necessity for an emergency action plan;
(3) Possible sources of H2S and S02;
(4) Instructions for reporting a leak to the operator;
(5) The manner in which the public shall be notified of an
emergency; and
(6) Steps to be taken in case of an emergency, including evacuation
of any people;
(F) Guidelines for the ignition of the H2S bearing gas.
The Plan shall designate the title or position of the person(s) who has
the authority to ignite the escaping gas and define when, how, and by
whom the gas is to be ignited;
(G) Additional measures necessary following the release of
H2S and SO2 until the release is contained are as
follows:
(1) Monitoring of H2S and SO2 levels and wind
direction in the affected area;
(2) Maintenance of site security and access control;
(3) Communication of status of well control; and
(4) Other necessary measures as required by the authorized officer;
and
(H) For production facilities, a description of the detection
system(s) utilized to determine the concentration of H2S
released.
Sec. 3176.8 Drilling/completion/workover requirements.
(a) General. (1) A copy of the H2S Drilling Operations
Plan shall be available during operations at the well site, beginning
when the operation is subject to the terms of this subpart (i.e., 3
days or 500 feet of known or probable H2S zone).
Table 1 to Sec. 3176.8(a)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Make copy of Plan 24 hours.
available.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Initial H2S training shall be completed and all
H2S related safety equipment shall be installed, tested, and
operational when drilling reaches a depth of 500 feet above, or 3 days
prior to penetrating (whichever comes first) the first zone containing
or reasonably expected to contain H2S. A specific
H2S operations plan for completion and workover operations
will not be required for approval. For completion and workover
operations, all required equipment and warning systems shall be
operational and training completed prior to commencing operations.
Table 2 to Sec. 3176.8(a)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Implement H2S Prompt correction
operational required.
requirements, such
as completion of
training and/or
installation,
repair, or
replacement of
equipment, as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39545]]
(3) If H2S was not anticipated at the time the APD was
approved, but is encountered in excess of 100 ppm in the gas stream,
the following measures shall be taken:
(i) The operator shall immediately ensure control of the well,
suspend drilling ahead operations (unless detrimental to well control),
and obtain materials and safety equipment to bring the operations into
compliance with the applicable provisions of this subpart.
Table 3 to Sec. 3176.8(a)(3)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Implement H2S Prompt correction
operational required.
requirements, as
applicable.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) The operator shall notify the authorized officer of the event
and the mitigating steps that have or are being taken as soon as
possible, but no later than the next business day. If said notification
is subsequent to actual resumption of drilling operations, the operator
shall notify the authorized officer of the date that drilling was
resumed no later than the next business day.
Table 4 to Sec. 3176.8(a)(3)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Notify authorized 24 hours.
officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) It is the operator's responsibility to ensure that the
applicable requirements of this subpart have been met prior to the
resumption of drilling ahead operations. Drilling ahead operations will
not be suspended pending receipt of a written H2S Drilling
Operations Plan(s) and, if necessary, Public Protection Plan(s)
provided that complete copies of the applicable Plan(s) are filed with
the authorized officer for approval within 5 business days following
resumption of drilling ahead operations.
Table 5 to Sec. 3176.8(a)(3)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Submit plans to 5 days.
authorized officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Locations. (1) Where practical, 2 roads shall be established, 1
at each end of the location, or as dictated by prevailing winds and
terrain. If an alternate road is not practical, a clearly marked
footpath shall be provided to a safe area. The purpose of such an
alternate escape route is only to provide a means of egress to a safe
area.
Table 6 to Sec. 3176.8(b)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Designate or 24 hours.
establish an
alternate escape
route.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) The alternate escape route shall be kept passable at all times.
Table 7 to Sec. 3176.8(b)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Make alternate 24 hours.
escape route
passable.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) For workovers, a secondary means of egress shall be designated.
Table 8 to Sec. 3176.8(b)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Designate secondary 24 hours.
means of egress.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39546]]
(c) Personnel protection--(1) Training program. The operator shall
ensure that all personnel who will be working at the wellsite will be
properly trained in H2S drilling and contingency procedures
in accordance with the general training requirements outlined in API
RP-49, Section 2 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 3176.11). (The
use of later editions of API RP-49 is deemed to comply with the
requirements of this paragraph (c)(1).) The operator also shall ensure
that the training will be accomplished prior to a well coming under the
terms of this subpart (i.e., 3 days or 500 feet of known or probable
H2S zone). In addition to the requirements of API RP-49, a
minimum of an initial training session and weekly H2S and
well control drills for all personnel in each working crew shall be
conducted. The initial training session for each well shall include a
review of the site-specific Drilling Operations Plan and, if
applicable, the Public Protection Plan.
Table 9 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Train all personnel Prompt correction
and conduct drills. required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) All training sessions and drills shall be recorded on the
driller's log or its equivalent.
Table 10 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(1)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Record on driller's 24 hours.
log or equivalent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) For drilling/completion/workover wells, at least 2 briefing
areas shall be designated for assembly of personnel during emergency
conditions, located a minimum of 150 feet from the well bore, and 1 of
the briefing areas shall be upwind of the well at all times. The
briefing area located most normally upwind shall be designated as the
``primary briefing area.''
Table 11 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(1)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Designate briefing 24 hours.
areas.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) One person (by job title) shall be designated and identified
to all on-site personnel as the person primarily responsible for the
overall operation of the on-site safety and training programs.
Table 12 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(1)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Designate safety 24 hours.
responsibilities.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Protective equipment. (i) The operator shall ensure that proper
respiratory protection equipment program is implemented, in accordance
with ANSI Z88.2-1992 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 3176.11).
(The use of ANSI Z88.2-1980 is deemed to comply with the requirements
of this paragraph (d)(2)(i).) Proper protective breathing apparatus
shall be readily accessible to all essential personnel on a drilling/
completion/workover site. Escape and pressure-demand type working
equipment shall be provided for essential personnel in the
H2S environment to maintain or regain control of the well.
For pressure-demand type working equipment those essential personnel
shall be able to obtain a continuous seal to the face with the
equipment. The operator shall ensure that service companies have the
proper respiratory protection equipment when called to the location.
Lightweight, escape-type, self-contained breathing apparatus with a
minimum of 5-minute rated supply shall be readily accessible at a
location for the derrickman and at any other location(s) where escape
from an H2S contaminated atmosphere would be difficult.
Table 13 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(2)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Acquire, repair, or Prompt correction
replace equipment, required.
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39547]]
(ii) Storage and maintenance of protective breathing apparatus
shall be planned to ensure that at least 1 working apparatus per person
is readily available for all essential personnel.
Table 14 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(2)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Acquire or rearrange Prompt correction
equipment, as required.
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) The following additional safety equipment shall be available
for use:
(A) Effective means of communication when using protective
breathing apparatus;
(B) Flare gun and flares to ignite the well; and
(C) Telephone, radio, mobile phone, or any other device that
provides communication from a safe area at the rig location, where
practical.
Table 15 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(2)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Acquire, repair, or 24 hours.
replace equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) H2S detection and monitoring equipment. (i) Each drilling/
completion site shall have an H2S detection and monitoring
system that automatically activates visible and audible alarms when the
ambient air concentration of H2S reaches the threshold
limits of 10 and 15 ppm in air, respectively. The sensors shall have a
rapid response time and be capable of sensing a minimum of 10 ppm of
H2S in ambient air, with at least 3 sensing points located
at the shale shaker, rig floor, and bell nipple for a drilling site and
the cellar, rig floor, and circulating tanks or shale shaker for a
completion site. The detection system shall be installed, calibrated,
tested, and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
Table 16 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(3)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install, repair, Prompt correction
calibrate, or required.
replace equipment,
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) All tests of the H2S monitoring system shall be
recorded on the driller's log or its equivalent.
Table 17 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(3)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Record on driller's 24 hours.
log or equivalent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) For workover operations, 1 operational sensing point shall be
located as close to the wellbore as practical. Additional sensing
points may be necessary for large and/or long-term operations.
Table 18 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(3)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install, repair, Prompt correction
calibrate, or required.
replace equipment,
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Visible warning system. (i) Equipment to indicate wind
direction at all times shall be installed at prominent locations and
shall be visible at all times during drilling operations. At least 2
such wind direction indicators (i.e., windsocks, windvanes, pennants
with tailstreamers, etc.) shall be located at separate elevations
(i.e., near ground level, rig floor, and/or treetop height). At least 1
wind direction indicator shall be clearly visible from all principal
working areas at all times so that wind direction can be easily
determined. For completion/workover operations, 1 wind direction
indicator shall suffice, provided it is visible from all principal
working areas on the location. In addition, a wind direction indicator
at each of the 2 briefing areas shall be provided if the wind direction
[[Page 39548]]
indicator(s) previously required in this paragraph (c)(4)(i) are not
visible from the briefing areas.
Table 19 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(4)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install, repair, 24 hours.
move, or replace
wind direction
indicator(s), as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) At any time when the terms of this subpart are in effect,
operational danger or caution sign(s) shall be displayed along all
controlled accesses to the site.
Table 20 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(4)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Erect appropriate 24 hours.
signs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) Each sign shall be painted a high visibility red, black and
white, or yellow with black lettering.
Table 21 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(4)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Replace or alter 5 to 20 days.
sign, as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iv) The sign(s) shall be legible and large enough to be read by
all persons entering the well site and be placed a minimum of 200 feet
but no more than 500 feet from the well site and at a location which
allows vehicles to turn around at a safe distance prior to reaching the
site.
Table 22 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(4)(iv)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Replace, alter, or 24 hours.
move sign, as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(v) The sign(s) shall read: ``DANGER--POISON GAS--HYDROGEN
SULFIDE,'' and in smaller lettering: ``Do Not Approach If Red Flag is
Flying'' or equivalent language if approved by the authorized officer.
Where appropriate, bilingual or multilingual danger sign(s) shall be
used.
Table 23 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(4)(v)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Alter sign(s), as 5 to 20 days.
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vi) All sign(s) and, when appropriate, flag(s) shall be visible to
all personnel approaching the location under normal lighting and
weather conditions.
Table 24 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(4)(vi)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Erect or move 24 hours.
sign(s) and/or
flag(s), as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vii) When H2S is detected in excess of 10 ppm at any
detection point, red flag(s) shall be displayed.
[[Page 39549]]
Table 25 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(4)(vii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Display red flag.... Prompt correction
required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) Warning system response. When H2S is detected in
excess of 10 ppm at any detection point, all non-essential personnel
shall be moved to a safe area and essential personnel (i.e., those
necessary to maintain control of the well) shall wear pressure-demand
type protective breathing apparatus. Once accomplished, operations may
proceed.
Table 26 to Sec. 3176.8(c)(5)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Move non-essential Prompt correction
personnel to safe required.
area and mask-up
essential personnel.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Operating procedures and equipment--(1) General/operations.
Drilling/completion/workover operations in H2S areas shall
be subject to the following requirements:
(i) If zones containing in excess of 100 ppm of H2S gas
are encountered while drilling with air, gas, mist, other nonmud
circulating mediums or aerated mud, the well shall be killed with a
water- or oil-based mud and mud shall be used thereafter as the
circulating medium for continued drilling.
Table 27 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Convert to Prompt correction
appropriate fluid required.
medium.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) A flare system shall be designed and installed to safely
gather and burn H2S-bearing gas.
Table 28 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install flare system Prompt correction
required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) Flare lines shall be located as far from the operating site
as feasible and in a manner to compensate for wind changes. The flare
line(s) mouth(s) shall be located not less than 150 feet from the
wellbore unless otherwise approved by the authorized officer. Flare
lines shall be straight unless targeted with running tees.
Table 29 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Adjust flare line(s) 24 hours.
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iv) The flare system shall be equipped with a suitable and safe
means of ignition.
Table 30 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(iv)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install, repair, or 24 hours.
replace equipment,
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(v) Where noncombustible gas is to be flared, the system shall be
provided supplemental fuel to maintain ignition.
[[Page 39550]]
Table 31 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(v)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Acquire supplemental 24 hours.
fuel.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vi) At any wellsite where SO2, may be released as a
result of flaring of H2S during drilling, completion, or
workover operations, the operator shall make SO2, portable
detection equipment available for checking the SO2 level in
the flare impact area.
Table 32 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(vi)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Acquire, repair, or 24 hours to 3 days.
replace equipment
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vii) If the flare impact area reaches a sustained ambient
threshold level of 2 ppm or greater of SO2 in air and
includes any occupied residence, school, church, park, or place of
business, or other area where the public could reasonably be expected
to frequent, the Public Protection Plan shall be implemented.
Table 33 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(vii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Contain SO2 release Prompt correction
and/or implement required.
Public Protection
Plan.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(viii) A remote controlled choke shall be installed for all
H2S drilling and, where feasible, for completion operations.
A remote-controlled valve may be used in lieu of this requirement for
completion operations.
Table 34 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(viii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install, repair, or Prompt correction
replace equipment, required.
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ix) Mud-gas separators and rotating heads shall be installed and
operable for all exploratory wells.
Table 35 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(1)(ix)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install, repair, or Prompt correction
replace equipment, required.
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Mud program. (i) A pH of 10 or above in a fresh water-base mud
system shall be maintained to control corrosion, H2S gas
returns to surface, and minimize sulfide stress cracking and
embrittlement unless other formation conditions or mud types justify to
the authorized officer a lesser pH level is necessary.
Table 36 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(2)(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Adjust pH........... Prompt correction
required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Drilling mud containing H2S gas shall be degassed
in accordance with API RP-49, sec. 5.14 (incorporated by reference, see
Sec. 3176.11), at an optimum location for the rig configuration. These
gases shall be piped into the flare system. (The use of later editions
of API RP-49 is deemed to comply with the requirements of this
paragraph (d)(2)(ii).)
[[Page 39551]]
Table 37 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(2)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install, repair, or 24 hours.
replace equipment,
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) Sufficient quantities of mud additives shall be maintained on
location to scavenge and/or neutralize H2S where formation
pressures are unknown.
Table 38 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(2)(iii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Obtain proper mud 24 hours.
additives.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Metallurgical equipment. (i) All equipment that has the
potential to be exposed to H2S shall be suitable for
H2S service. Equipment which shall meet these metallurgical
standards include the drill string, casing, wellhead, blowout preventer
assembly, casing head and spool, rotating head, kill lines, choke,
choke manifold and lines, valves, mud-gas separators, drill-stem test
tools, test units, tubing, flanges, and other related equipment.
(ii) To minimize stress corrosion cracking and/or H2S
embrittlement, the equipment shall be constructed of material whose
metallurgical properties are chosen with consideration for both an
H2S working environment and the anticipated stress. The
metallurgical properties of the materials used shall conform to NACE MR
0175-2021 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 3176.11). (The use of
NACE MR 0175-90 through NACE MR 0175-2021 is deemed to comply with the
requirements of this paragraph (d)(3)(ii).) These metallurgical
properties include the grade of steel, the processing method (rolled,
normalized, tempered, and/or quenched), and the resulting strength
properties. The working environment considerations include the
H2S concentration, the well fluid pH, and the wellbore
pressures and temperatures. Elastomers, packing, and similar inner
parts exposed to H2S shall be resistant at the maximum
anticipated temperature of exposure. The manufacturer's verification of
design for use in an H2S environment shall be sufficient
verification of suitable service in accordance with this subpart.
Table 39 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(3)(ii)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Install, repair, or Prompt correction
replace appropriate required.
equipment, as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Well testing in an H2S environment. Testing shall be
performed with a minimum number of personnel in the immediate vicinity
which are necessary to safely and adequately operate the test
equipment. Except with prior approval by the authorized officer, the
drill-stem testing of H2S zones shall be conducted only
during daylight hours and formation fluids shall not be flowed to the
surface (closed chamber only).
Table 40 to Sec. 3176.8(d)(4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Terminate the well Prompt correction
test. required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3176.9 Production requirements.
(a) General. (1) All existing production facilities which do not
currently meet the requirements and minimum standards set forth in this
section shall be brought into conformance within 1 year after January
22, 1991. All existing equipment that is in a safe working condition as
of January 22, 1991, is specifically exempt from the metallurgical
requirements prescribed in paragraph (c)(7) of this section.
Table 1 to Sec. 3176.9(a)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Bring facility into 60 days.
compliance.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Production facilities constructed after January 22, 1991, shall
be designed, constructed, and operated to meet the requirements and
minimum standards set forth in this section. Any variations from the
standards or
[[Page 39552]]
established time frames shall be approved by the authorized officer in
accordance with the provisions of Sec. 3176.10. Except for storage
tanks, a determination of the radius of exposure for all production
facilities shall be made in the manner prescribed in Sec. 3176.4.
Table 2 to Sec. 3176.9(a)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Bring facility into 60 days.
compliance.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) At any production facility or storage tank(s) where the
sustained ambient H2S concentration is in excess of 10 ppm
at 50 feet from the production facility or storage tank(s) as measured
at ground level under calm (1 mph) conditions, the operator shall
collect or reduce vapors from the system and they shall be sold,
beneficially used, reinjected, or flared provided terrain and
conditions permit.
Table 3 to Sec. 3176.9(a)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major, if the authorized Bring facility into 3 days for major, 30
officer determines that a compliance. days for minor.
health or safety problem to
the public is imminent,
otherwise minor.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Storage tanks. Storage tanks containing produced fluids and
utilized as part of a production operation and operated at or near
atmospheric pressure, where the vapor accumulation has an
H2S concentration in excess of 500 ppm in the tank, shall be
subject to the following:
(1) No determination of a radius of exposure need be made for
storage tanks.
(2) All stairs/ladders leading to the top of storage tanks shall be
chained and/or marked to restrict entry. For any storage, tank(s) which
require fencing (see paragraph (b)(6) of this section), a danger sign
posted at the gate(s) shall suffice in lieu of this requirement.
Table 4 to Sec. 3176.9(b)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Chain or mark 5 to 20 days.
stair(s)/ladder(s)
or post sign, as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) A danger sign shall be posted on or within 50 feet of the
storage tank(s) to alert the public of the potential H2S
danger. For any storage tank(s) which require fencing (see paragraph
(b)(6) of this section), a danger sign posted at the locked gate(s)
shall suffice in lieu of this requirement.
Table 5 to Sec. 3176.9(b)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Post or move 5 to 20 days.
sign(s), as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) The sign(s) shall be painted in high-visibility red, black, and
white. The sign(s) shall read: ``DANGER--POISON GAS--HYDROGEN SULFIDE''
or equivalent language if approved by the authorized officer. Where
appropriate, bilingual or multilingual warning signs shall be used.
Table 6 to Sec. 3176.9(b)(4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Post, move, replace, 20 to 40 days.
or alter sign(s),
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) At least 1 permanent wind direction indicator shall be
installed so that wind direction can be easily determined at or
approaching the storage tank(s).
[[Page 39553]]
Table 7 to Sec. 3176.9(b)(5)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install, repair, or 20 to 40 days.
replace wind
direction
indicator, as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) A minimum 5-foot chain-link, 5-strand barbed wire, or
comparable type fence and gate(s) that restrict(s) public access shall
be required when storage tanks are located within \1/4\ mile of or
contained inside a city or incorporated limits of a town or within \1/
4\ mile of an occupied residence, school, church, park, playground,
school bus stop, place of business, or where the public could
reasonably be expected to frequent.
Table 8 to Sec. 3176.9(b)(6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install, repair, or 20 to 40 days.
replace fence and/
or gate(s), as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) Gate(s), as required by paragraph (b)(6) of this section, shall
be locked when unattended by the operator.
Table 9 to Sec. 3176.9(b)(7)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Lock gate........... 24 hours.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Production facilities. Production facilities containing 100 ppm
or more of H2S in the gas stream shall be subject to the
following:
(1) Danger signs as specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section
shall be posted on or within 50 feet of each production facility to
alert the public of the potential H2S danger. In the event
the storage tanks and production facilities are located at the same
site, 1 such danger sign shall suffice. Further, for any facilities
which require fencing (paragraph (b)(6) of this section), 1 such danger
sign at the gate(s) shall suffice in lieu of this requirement.
Table 10 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Post, move, or alter 5 to 20 days.
sign(s), as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Danger signs, as specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section,
shall be required for well flowlines and lease gathering lines that
carry H2S gas. Placement shall be where said lines cross
public or lease roads. The signs shall be legible and shall contain
sufficient additional information to permit a determination of the
owner of the line.
Table 11 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Post, move, or alter 5 to 20 days.
sign(s), as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Fencing and gate(s), as specified in paragraph (b)(6) of this
section, shall be required when production facilities are located
within \1/4\ mile of or contained inside a city or incorporated limits
of a town or within \1/4\ mile of an occupied residence, school,
church, park, playground, school bus stop, place of business, or any
other area where the public could reasonably be expected to frequent.
Flowlines are exempted from this additional fencing requirement.
Table 12 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install, repair, or 20 to 40 days.
replace fence, and/
or gate(s), as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39554]]
(4) Gate(s), as required by paragraph (c)(3) of this section, shall
be locked when unattended by the operator.
Table 13 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Lock gate........... 24 hours.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) Wind direction indicator(s) as specified in paragraph (b)(5) of
this section shall be required. In the event the storage tanks and
production facilities are located at the same site, 1 such indicator
shall suffice. Flowlines are exempt from this requirement.
Table 14 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(5)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install, repair, or 20 to 40 days.
replace wind
direction
indicator(s), as
necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) All wells, unless produced by artificial lift, shall possess a
secondary means of immediate well control through the use of
appropriate christmas tree and/or downhole completion equipment. Such
equipment shall allow downhole accessibility (reentry) under pressure
for permanent well control operations. If the applicability criteria
stated in Sec. 3176.7(a) are met, a minimum of 2 master valves shall
be installed.
Table 15 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install, repair, or 20 to 40 days.
replace equipment,
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) All equipment shall be chosen with consideration for both the
H2S working environment and anticipated stresses. NACE MR
0175-2021 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 3176.11) shall be used
for metallic equipment selection and, if applicable, adequate
protection by chemical inhibition or other such method that controls or
limits the corrosive effects of H2S shall be used. (The use
of NACE MR 0175-90 through NACE MR 0175-2021 is deemed to comply with
the requirements of this paragraph (c)(7).)
Table 16 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(7)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install, repair, or 20 to 40 days.
replace equipment,
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) Where the 100 ppm radius of exposure for H2S
includes any occupied residence, place of business, school, or other
inhabited structure or any area where the public may reasonably be
expected to frequent, the operator shall install automatic safety
valves or shutdowns at the wellhead, or other appropriate shut-in
controls for wells equipped with artificial lift.
Table 17 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(8)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Install, repair, or 20 to 40 days.
replace equipment,
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(9) The automatic safety valves or shutdowns, as required by
paragraph (c)(8) of this section, shall be set to activate upon a
release of a potentially hazardous volume of H2S.
Table 18 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(9)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Repair, replace or Prompt correction
adjust equipment, required.
as necessary.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 39555]]
(10) If the sustained ambient concentration of H2S or
SO2 from a production facility which is venting or flaring
reaches a concentration of H2S (10 ppm) or SO2 (2
ppm), respectively, at any of the following locations, the operator
shall modify the production facility as approved by the authorized
officer. The locations include any occupied residence, school, church,
park, playground, school bus stop, place of business, or other areas
where the public could reasonably be expected to frequent.
Table 19 to Sec. 3176.9(c)(10)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major....................... Repair facility to Prompt correction
bring into required
compliance..
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Public protection. When conditions as defined in Sec.
3176.7(a) exist, a Public Protection Plan for producing operations
shall be submitted to the authorized officer in accordance with Sec.
3176.7(b)(1) which includes the provisions of Sec. 3176.7(b)(2).
Table 20 to Sec. 3176.9(d)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Submit Public 20 to 40 days.
Protection Plan.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3176.10 Variances from requirements.
An operator may request the authorized officer to approve a
variance from any of the requirements prescribed in Sec. Sec. 3176.5
through 3176.9. All such requests shall be submitted in writing to the
appropriate authorized officer and provide information as to the
circumstances which warrant approval of the variance(s) requested and
the proposed alternative methods by which the related requirement(a) of
minimum standard(s) are to be satisfied. The authorized officer, after
considering all relevant factors, may approve the requested variance(s)
if it is determined that the proposed alterative(s) meets or exceeds
the objectives of the applicable requirement(s) or minimum standard(s).
Sec. 3176.11 Incorporation by reference.
Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved incorporation by
reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at all Bureau of
Land Management offices with jurisdiction over oil and gas activities,
and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact
the BLM at: Office of Energy, Minerals, and Realty Management, 1849 C
Street Northwest, Washington, DC 20240; telephone 202-208-3801; email
[email protected]; website www.blm.gov/programs/energy-and-minerals/oil-and-gas. For information on the availability of this material at NARA,
visit www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html or email
[email protected]. The material also may be obtained from the
following sources:
(a) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd St.,
4th floor, New York, NY 10036; telephone: 212-642-4980; email:
[email protected]; website: www.ansi.org.
(1) ANSI Standard Z88.2-1992 for Respiratory Protection, Approved
August 6, 1992 (``ANSI Z88.2-1992''), IBR approved for Sec. 3176.8.
(2) [Reserved]
Note 1 to paragraph (a): If ANSI Z88.2 is not available from
document resellers, contact the BLM to obtain a copy.
(b) American Petroleum Institute (API), 200 Massachusetts Avenue
NW, Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20001; telephone: 202-682-8000; email:
[email protected]; website: www.api.org.
(1) API Recommended Practice 49--Recommended Practice for Drilling
and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide; Third
Edition, May 2001; Reaffirmed, January 2013 (``API RP 49''), IBR
approved for Sec. 3176.8.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) Association for Materials Protection and Performance (AMPP)
formerly known as NACE International, 15835 Park Ten Place, Houston, TX
77084; telephone: 1-800-797-6223; website: www.ampp.org.
(1) ANSI/NACE MR0175-2021/ISO 15156-1:2020; Petroleum and natural
gas industries--Materials for use in H2S-containing
environments in oil and gas production; Part 1: General principles for
selection of cracking-resistant materials; Fourth Edition, Approved
September 21, 2022 (``NACE MR 0175-2021''); IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
3176.8; 3176.9.
(2) [Reserved]
Subpart 3177--Onshore Oil and Gas Production: Disposal of Produced
Water
Sec.
3177.1 Authority.
3177.2 Purpose.
3177.3 Scope.
3177.4 Definitions.
3177.5 Requirements.
3177.6 Application and approval authority.
3177.7 Informational requirements for injection wells.
3177.8 Informational requirements for pits.
3177.9 Design requirements for pits.
3177.10 Construction and maintenance requirements for pits.
3177.11 Other disposal methods.
3177.12 Reporting requirements for disposal facilities.
3177.13 Variances from requirements or minimum standards.
Appendix A to Subpart 3177--Examples of Acceptable Designs and
Construction
Sec. 3177.1 Authority.
This subpart is established pursuant to the authority granted to
the Secretary of the Interior by various Federal and Indian mineral
leasing statutes and the Federal Oil and Gas Royalty Management Act of
1982. Said authority has been delegated to the Bureau of Land
Management and is implemented by the onshore oil and gas operating
regulations contained in 43 CFR part 3160. As directed by the Federal
Onshore Oil and Gas Leasing Reform Act of 1987, for National Forest
lands the Secretary of Agriculture shall regulate all surface-
disturbing activities and shall determine reclamation and other actions
required in the interest of conservation of surface resources. Specific
authority for the provisions contained in this subpart is found at 43
[[Page 39556]]
CFR 3162.3 and 3162.5 and 43 CFR part 3160, subpart 3163.
Sec. 3177.2 Purpose.
This subpart supersedes Notice to Lessees and Operators of Federal
and Indian Oil and Gas Leases (NTL-2B), Disposal of Produced Water. The
purpose of this subpart is to specify informational and procedural
requirements for submittal of an application for the disposal of
produced water, and the design, construction, and maintenance
requirements for pits as well as the minimum standards necessary to
satisfy the requirements and procedures for seeking a variance from the
minimum standards. Also set forth in this subpart are certain specific
acts of noncompliance, corrective actions required, and the abatement
period allowed for correction.
Sec. 3177.3 Scope.
This subpart is applicable to disposal of produced water from
completed wells on Federal and Indian (except Osage) oil and gas
leases. It does not apply to approval of disposal facilities on lands
other than Federal and Indian lands. Separate approval under this
subpart is not required if the method of disposal has been covered
under an enhanced recovery project approved by the authorized officer.
Sec. 3177.4 Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the term:
Authorized officer means any employee of the Bureau of Land
Management authorized to perform duties described in 43 CFR parts 3000
and 3100.
Federal lands means all lands and interests in lands owned by the
United States which are subject to the mineral leasing laws, including
mineral resources or mineral estates reserved to the United States in
the conveyance of a surface or nonmineral estate.
Free-board means the vertical distance from the top of the fluid
surface to the lowest point on the top of the dike surrounding the pit.
Injection well means a well used for the disposal of produced water
or for enhanced recovery operations.
Lease means any contract, profit share arrangement, joint venture,
or other agreement issued or approved by the United States under a
mineral leasing law that authorized exploration for, extraction of, or
removal of oil or gas (see 43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Lessee means a person or entity holding record title in a lease
issued by the United States (see 43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Lined pit means an excavated and/or bermed area that is required to
be lined with natural or manmade material that will prevent seepage.
Such pit shall also include a leak detection system.
Major violation means noncompliance that causes or threatens
immediate, substantial, and adverse impacts on public health and
safety, the environment, production accountability, or royalty income
(see 43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Minor violation means noncompliance that does not rise to the level
of a ``major violation'' (see 43 CFR 3160.0-5).
Natural Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) means a
program administered by the Environmental Protection Agency or primacy
State that requires permits for the discharge of pollutants from any
point source into navigable waters of the United States.
Operator means any person or entity, including but not limited to
the lessee or operating rights owner, who has stated in writing to the
authorized officer that it is responsible under the terms and
conditions of the lease for the operations conducted on the leased
lands or a portion thereof (see 43 CFR 3610.0-5).
Produced water means water produced in conjunction with oil and gas
production.
Toxic constituents means substances in produced water that when
found in toxic concentrations specified by Federal or State regulations
have harmful effects in plant or animal life. These substances include
but are not limited to arsenic (As), barium (Ba), cadmium (Cd),
hexavalent chromium (hCr), total chromium (tCr), lead (Pb), mercury
(Hg), zinc (Zn), selenium (Se), benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and
xylenes, as defined in 40 CFR part 261.
Underground Injection Control (UIC) program means a program by
administered by the EPA, primacy State, or Indian Tribe under the Safe
Drinking Water Act to ensure that subsurface injection does not
endanger underground sources of drinking water.
Unlined pit means an excavated and/or bermed area that is not
required to be lined, or any pit that is lined but does not contain a
leak detection system.
Sec. 3177.5 Requirements.
(a) General requirements. Operators of onshore Federal and Indian
oil and gas leases shall comply with the requirements and standards of
this subpart for the protection of surface and subsurface resources.
Except as provided under Sec. 3177.8(c), the operator may not dispose
of produced water unless and until approval is obtained from the
authorized officer. All produced water from Federal/Indian leases must
be disposed of by injection into the subsurface, discharging into pits,
or other acceptable methods approved by the authorized officer,
including surface discharge under NPDES permit. Injection is generally
the preferred method of disposal. Operators are encouraged to contact
the appropriate authorized officer before filing an application for
disposal of produced water so that the operator may be apprised of any
existing agreements outlining cooperative procedures between the Bureau
of Land Management and either the State/Indian Tribe or the
Environmental Protection Agency concerning Underground Injection
Control permits for injection wells, and of any potentially significant
adverse effects on surface and/or subsurface resources. The approval of
the Environmental Protection Agency or a State/Tribe shall not be
considered as granting approval to dispose of produced water from
leased Federal or Indian lands until and unless BLM approval is
obtained. Applications filed pursuant to NTL-2B and still pending
approval shall be supplemented or resubmitted if they do not meet the
requirements and standards of this subpart. The disposal methods shall
be approved in writing by the authorized officer regardless of the
physical location of the disposal facility. Existing NTL-2B approvals
will remain valid. However, upon written justification, the authorized
officer may impose additional conditions or revoke any previously
approved disposal permit, if the authorized officer, for example, finds
that an existing facility is creating environmental problems, or that
an unlined pit should be lined, because the quality of the produced
water has changed so that it no longer meets the standards for unlined
pits set out in this subpart.
(b) Temporary disposal. Unless prohibited by the authorized
officer, produced water from newly completed wells may be temporarily
disposed of into reserve pits for a period of up to 90 days, if the use
of the pit was approved as a part of an application for permit to
drill. Any extension of time beyond this period requires documented
approval by the authorized officer.
(c) Approval timeline. (1) Upon receipt of a completed application
the authorized officer shall take one of the following actions within
30 days:
(i) Approve the application as submitted or with appropriate
modification or conditions;
(ii) Return the application and advise the applicant in writing of
the reasons for disapproval; or
[[Page 39557]]
(iii) Advise the applicant in writing of the reasons for delay and
the excepted final action date.
(2) If the approval for a disposal facility, e.g., commercial pit
or class II injection well, is revoked or suspended by the permitting
agencies such as the Environmental Protection Agency or the primacy
State, the BLM water disposal approval is immediately terminated and
the operator is required to propose an alternative disposal method.
Sec. 3177.6 Application and approval authority.
(a) On-lease disposal. For water produced from a Federal/Indian
lease and disposed of on the same Federal/Indian lease, or on other
committed Federal/Indian leases if in a unit or communitized area, the
approval of the disposal method is usually granted in conjunction with
the approval for the disposal facilities. An example would be the
approval of a proposal to drill an injection well to be used for the
disposal of produced water from a well or wells on the same lease.
(1) Disposal of water in injection wells. When approval is
requested for on-lease disposal of produced water into an injection
well, the operator shall submit a Sundry Notice, Form 3160-5.
Information submitted in support of obtaining the Underground Injection
Control permit shall be accepted by the authorized officer in approving
the disposal method, provided the information submitted in support of
obtaining such a permit satisfies all applicable Bureau of Land
Management statutory responsibilities (including but not limited to
drilling safety, down hole integrity, and protection of mineral and
surface resources) and requirements in this subpart. If the authorized
officer has on file a copy of the approval for the receiving
facilities, he/she may determine that a reference to that document is
sufficient.
(2) Disposal of water in pits. When approval is requested for
disposal of produced water in a lined or unlined pit, the operator
shall submit a Sundry Notice, Form 3160-5. The operator shall comply
with all the applicable Bureau of Land Management requirements and
standards for pits established in this subpart. On National Forest
lands, where the proposed pit location creates new surface disturbance,
the authorized officer shall not approve the proposal without the prior
approval of the Forest Service.
(b) Off-lease disposal--(1) On leased or unleased Federal/Indian
lands. The purpose of the off-lease disposal approval process is to
ensure that the removal of the produced water from a Federal or Indian
oil and gas lease is proper and that the water is disposed of in an
authorized facility. Therefore, the operator shall submit a Sundry
Notice, Form 3160-5, for removal of the water together with a copy of
the authorization for the disposal facility. If the authorized officer
has a copy of the approval for the receiving facilities on file, he/she
may determine that a reference to that document is sufficient. Where an
associated right-of-way authorization is required, the information for
the right-of-way authorization may be incorporated in the Sundry
Notice, and the Bureau of Land Management will process both
authorizations simultaneously for Bureau lands.
(i) Disposal of water in injection wells. When approval is
requested for removing water that is produced from wells on leased
Federal or Indian lands and that is to be injected into a well located
on another lease or unleased Federal lands, the operator shall submit
to the authorized officer a Sundry Notice, Form 3160-5, along with a
copy of the Underground Injection Control permit issued to the operator
of the injection well, unless the well is authorized by rule under 40
CFR part 144.
(ii) Disposal of water in pits. When approval is requested for
removing water that is produced from wells on leased Federal or Indian
lands and is to be disposed of into a lined or unlined pit located on
another lease or unleased Federal lands, the operator shall submit to
the authorized officer a Sundry Notice, Form 3160-5.
(iii) Right-of-way procedures. The operator of the injection well
or pit is required to have an authorization from the Bureau of Land
Management for disposing of the water into the pit or well, under Title
V of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act (FLPMA) and 43 CFR part
2800, or a similar authorization from the responsible surface
management agency. In transporting the produced water from the lease to
the pit or injection well, e.g., building a road or laying a pipeline,
a right-of-way authorization under Title V of FLPMA and 43 CFR part
2800 from the Bureau of Land Management or a similar permit from the
responsible surface management agency also shall be obtained by the
operator of the pit or any injection well or other responsible party.
(2) Disposal of water on State and privately owned lands--(i)
Disposal of water in injection wells. When approval is requested for
removing water that is produced from wells on leased Federal or Indian
lands and that is to be injected into a well located on State or
privately owned lands, the operator shall submit to the authorized
officer, in addition to a Sundry Notice, Form 3160-5, a copy of the
Underground Injection Control permit issued for the injection well by
Environmental Protection Agency or the State where the State has
achieved primacy. Submittal of the Underground Injection Control permit
will be accepted by the authorized officer and approval will be granted
for the removal of the produced water unless the authorized officer
states in writing that such approval will have adverse effects on the
Federal/Indian lands or public health and safety.
(ii) Disposal of water in pits. When approval is requested for
removing water that is produced from wells on leased Federal and/or
Indian lands and is to be disposed of into a pit located on State or
privately owned lands, the operator shall submit to the authorized
officer, in addition to a Sundry Notice, Form 3160-5, a copy of the
permit issued for the pit by the State or any other regulatory agency,
if required, for disposal in such pit. Submittal of the permit will be
accepted by the authorized officer and approval will be granted for
removal of the produced water unless the authorized officer states in
writing that such approval will have adverse effects on the Federal/
Indian lands or public health and safety. If such a permit is not
issued by the State or other regulatory agency, the requested removal
of the produced water from leased Federal or Indian lands will be
denied.
(iii) Right-of-way procedures. If the water produced from wells on
leased Federal and/or Indian lands, and to be disposed of at a location
on State or privately owned lands, will be transported over off-lease
Federal or Indian lands, the operator of the disposal facility or other
responsible party shall have an authorization from the Bureau of Land
Management under Title V of FLPMA and 43 CFR part 2800, or a similar
authorization from the responsible surface management agency.
Sec. 3177.7 Informational requirements for injection wells.
For an injection well proposed on Federal or Indian leases, the
operator shall obtain an Underground Injection Control (UIC) permit
pursuant to 40 CFR parts 144 and 146 from the Environmental Protection
Agency or the State/Tribe where the State/Tribe has achieved primacy.
The operator shall also comply with the pertinent procedural and
informational requirements for Application for Permit to Drill or
Sundry Notice as set forth in
[[Page 39558]]
subpart 3171 of this part. The injection well shall be designed and
drilled or conditioned in accordance with the requirements and
standards described in subpart 3172 of this part and pertinent NTLs, as
well as the UIC permit.
Sec. 3177.8 Informational requirements for pits.
Operators who request approval for disposal of produced water into
a lined or unlined pit shall file an application on a Sundry Notice,
Form 3160-5, and identify the operator's field representative by name,
address, and telephone number and the source of the produced water.
Sources of produced water shall be identified by facility, lease
number, well number and name, and legal description of well location.
All samples for water analysis shall be taken at the current discharge
a point. A reclamation plan detailing the procedures expected to be
followed for closure of the pit and the contouring and revegetating of
the site shall be submitted prior to pit abandonment. If requested by
the authorized officer, a contingency plan to deal with specific
anticipated emergency situations shall be submitted as provided for in
43 CFR 3162.5-1(d).
(a) Lined pits. The authorized officer shall not consider for
approval an application for disposal into lined pits on Federal/Indian
leases unless the operator also provides the following information:
(1) A map and drawings of the site on a suitable scale that show
the pit dimension, cross section, side slopes, leak detection system,
and location relative to other site facilities;
(2) The daily quantity of water to be disposed of (maximum daily
quantity shall be cited if major fluctuations are anticipated) and a
water analysis (unless waived by the authorized officer as unnecessary)
that includes the concentrations of chlorides, sulfates, pH, total
dissolved solids (TDS), and toxic constituents that the authorized
officer reasonably believes to be present;
(3) Criteria used to determine the pit size, which includes a
minimum of 2 feet of free-board;
(4) The average monthly evaporation and average monthly
precipitation for the area;
(5) The method and schedule for periodic disposal of precipitated
solids and a copy of the appropriate disposal permit, if any; and
(6) The type, thickness, and life span of material to be used for
lining the pit and the method of installation. The manufacturer's
guidebook and information for the product shall be included, if
available.
(b) Unlined pits. (1) Application for disposal into unlined pits
may be considered for approval by the authorized officer where the
application of the operator shows that such disposal meets one or more
of the following criteria:
(i) The water to be disposed of has an annual average TDS
concentration equal to or less than that of the existing water to be
protected, provided that the level of any toxic constituents in the
produced water does not exceed established State or Federal standards
for protection of surface and/or ground water;
(ii) All, or a substantial part, of the produced water is being
used for beneficial purposes and meets minimum water quality standards
for such uses. For example, uses of produced water for purposes such as
irrigation and livestock or wildlife watering shall be considered as
beneficial;
(iii)(A) The water to be disposed of will not degrade the quality
of surface or subsurface waters in the area;
(B) The surface and subsurface waters contain TDS above 10,000 ppm,
or toxic constituents in high concentrations; or
(C) The surface and subsurface waters are of such poor quality or
small quantity as to eliminate any practical use thereof; and
(iv) That the volume of water to be disposed of per disposal
facility does not exceed an average of 5 barrels per day on a monthly
basis.
(2) Operators applying for disposal into an unlined pit shall also
submit the following information, as appropriate:
(i) Applications for disposal into unlined pits that meet the
criteria in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section shall
include:
(A) A map and drawings of the site on a suitable scale that show
the pit dimension, cross section, side slopes, size, and location
relative to other site facilities;
(B) The daily quantity of water to be disposed of and a water
analysis that includes total dissolved solids (in ppm), pH, oil and
grease content, the concentrations of chlorides and sulfates, and other
parameters or constituents toxic to animal or plant life as reasonably
prescribed by the authorized officer. The applicant should also
indicate any effect or interaction of produced water with any water
resources present at or near the surface and other known mineral
deposits. For applications submitted under criterion in paragraph
(b)(1)(iv) of this section, the water quality analysis is not needed
unless requested by the authorized officer;
(C) The average monthly evaporation and the average monthly
precipitation for the area. For applications submitted under criterion
in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section, average annual data will be
acceptable;
(D) The estimated percolation rate based on soil characteristics
under and adjacent to the pit. In some cases the authorized officer may
require percolation tests using accepted test procedures; and
(E) Estimated depth and areal extent of the shallowest known
aquifer with TDS less than 10,000 ppm, and the depth and extent of any
known mineral deposits in the area.
(ii) Where beneficial use (criterion in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of
this section) is the basis for the application, the justification
submitted shall also contain written confirmation from the user(s).
(iii) If the application is made on the basis that surface and
subsurface waters will not be adversely affected by disposal in an
unlined pit (paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section), the justification
shall also include the following additional information:
(A) Map of the site showing the location of surface waters, water
wells, and existing water disposal facilities within 1 mile of the
proposed disposal facility;
(B) Average concentration of TDS (in ppm) of all surface and
subsurface waters within the 1-mile radius that might be affected by
the proposed disposal;
(C) Reasonable geologic and hydrologic evidence that shows the
proposed disposal method will not adversely affect existing water
quality or major uses of such waters, and identifies the presence of
any impermeable barrier(s), as necessary; and
(D) A copy of any State order or other authorization granted as a
result of a public hearing that is pertinent to the authorized
officer's consideration of the application.
(c) Emergency pits. Application for a permanent pit (lined or
unlined) to be used for anticipated emergency purposes shall be
submitted by the operator on a Sundry Notice, Form 3160-5, for approval
by the authorized officer, unless it has been approved in conjunction
with a previously approved operational activity. Design criteria for an
emergency pit will be established by the authorized officer on a case-
by-case basis. Any emergency use of such pits shall be reported in
accordance with NTL-3A, and the pit shall be emptied and the liquids
disposed of in
[[Page 39559]]
accordance with applicable State and/or Federal regulations within 48
hours following its use, unless such time is extended by the authorized
officer.
Sec. 3177.9 Design requirements for pits.
(a) Pits shall be designed to meet the following requirements and
minimum standards. For unlined pits approved under criterion in Sec.
3177.8(b)(1)(iv), requirements in paragraphs (a)(4) and (5) of this
section, do not apply.
(1) As much as practical, the pit shall be located on level ground
and away from established drainage patterns, including intermittent/
ephemeral drainage ways, and unstable ground or depressions in the
area.
(2) The pit shall have adequate storage capacity for safe
containment of all produced water, even in those periods when
evaporation rates are at a minimum. The design shall provide for a
minimum of 2 feet of free-board.
(3) The pit shall be fenced or enclosed to prevent access by
livestock, wildlife, and unauthorized personnel. If necessary, the pit
shall be equipped to deter entry by birds. Fences shall not be
constructed on the levees. Figure 1 in appendix A to this subpart shows
an example of an acceptable fence design.
(4) The pit levees are to be constructed so that the inside grade
of the levee is no steeper than 1 (vertical):2 (horizonal), and the
outside grade no steeper than 1:3.
(5) The top of levees shall be level and at least 18 inches wide.
(6) The pit location shall be reclaimed pursuant to the
requirements and standards of the surface management agency. On a spilt
estate (private surface, Federal mineral) a surface owner's release
statement or form is acceptable.
(b) Lined pits shall be designed to meet following requirement and
minimum standards in addition to those specified in paragraph (a) of
this section:
(1) The material used in lining pits shall be impervious. It shall
be resistant to weather, sunlight, hydrocarbons, aqueous acids,
alkalies, salt, fungi, or other substances likely to be contained in
the produced water.
(2) If rigid materials are used, leak-proof expansion joints shall
be provided, or the material shall be of sufficient thickness and
length to withstand expansion without cracking, contraction, and
settling movements in the underlying earth. Semi-rigid liners such as
compacted bentonite or clay may also be used provided that, considering
the thickness of the lining material chosen and its degree of
permeability, the liner is impervious for the expected period of use.
Figure 2 in appendix A to this subpart shows examples of acceptable
standards for concrete, asphalt, and bentonite/clay liners.
(3) If flexible membrane materials are used, they shall have
adequate resistance to tears or punctures. Figure 3 in appendix A to
this subpart gives an example of acceptable standards for installation
of the flexible membrane.
(4) Lined pits shall have an underlying gravel-filled sump and
lateral system or other suitable devices for the detection of leaks.
Examples of the acceptable design of the leak detection system are
shown in Figures 4 and 5 of appendix A to this subpart.
(c) Failure to design the pit to meet the requirements in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and minimum standards in this
subpart will result in disapproval of the proposal or a requirement
that it be modified unless a request for variance is approved by the
authorized officer.
Sec. 3177.10 Construction and maintenance requirements for pits.
Inspections will be conducted according to the following
requirements and minimum standards during the construction and
operation of the pit. Failure to meet the requirements and standards
may result in issuance of an Incident of Noncompliance (INC) for the
violation. The gravity of the violation, corrective actions, and the
normal abatement period allowed are specified for each of the
requirements/standards.
(a) Any disposal method that has not been approved shall be
considered an incident of noncompliance and may result in the issuance
of a shut-in order, assessments, or penalties pursuant to 43 CFR part
3163 until an acceptable disposal method is provided and approved by
the authorized officer.
Table 1 to Sec. 3177.10(a)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor: If it causes no Minor: Submit Minor: 1 to 20 days
significant environmental acceptable or as directed by
damages or effects. application. authorized officer.
Major: If it causes or Major: Shut-in, take Major: Within 10
threatens immediate, corrective action days.
substantial and adverse to repair or
impact on public health and replace damages
safety, the environment, according to
production accountability, instructions of
or royalty income. authorized officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) The operator shall notify the authorized officer to inspect the
leak detection system at least 2 business days prior to the
installation of the pit liner.
Table 2 to Sec. 3177.10(b)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Require verification Prior to use of pit.
of its installation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) At least 2 business days prior to its use, the operator shall
notify the authorized officer of completion of the pit construction, so
that the authorized officer may verify that the pit has been
constructed in accordance with the approved plan.
[[Page 39560]]
Table 3 to Sec. 3177.10(c)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(For failure to notify) N/A................. N/A.
Minor.
(For failure to construct in The authorized 1 to 20 days
accordance with the officer may shut-in depending on the
approved plan) Minor, operations and severity of the
unless Major by definition. require corrections violation and the
to comply with the degree of
plan or require difficulty to
amendment of the correct, if the pit
plan. is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Lined pit shall be maintained and operated to prevent
unauthorized subsurface discharge of water.
Table 4 to Sec. 3177.10(d)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Usually Minor, unless Major Repair/replace liner 1 to 20 days
as result of discharge. and possibly shut depending on the
in operations. onsite situation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) The pit shall be maintained as designed to prevent entrance of
surface water by providing adequate surface drainage away from the pit.
Table 5 to Sec. 3177.10(e)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Provide surface Within 20 days.
drainage.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(f) The pit shall be maintained and operated to prevent
unauthorized surface discharge of water.
Table 6 to Sec. 3177.10(f)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Usually Minor, unless Clean up if spill 1 to 20 days
discharge results in Major. occurs, and reduce depending upon the
the water level to onsite situation.
maintain the 2 feet
of free-board; shut-
in operations, if
required by
authorized officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(g) The outside walls of the pit levee shall be maintained as
designed to minimize erosion.
Table 7 to Sec. 3177.10(g)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Necessary repair.... Within 20 days.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(h) The pit shall be kept reasonably free from surface accumulation
of liquid hydrocarbons that would retard evaporation.
Table 8 to Sec. 3177.10(h)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Clean-up, and may Within 20 days.
require skimmer
pits, settling
tanks, or other
suitable equipment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) The operator shall inspect the leak detection system at least
once a month or more often if required by the authorized officer in
appropriate circumstances. The record of inspection shall describe the
result of the
[[Page 39561]]
inspection by date and shall be kept and made available to the
authorized officer upon request.
Table 9 to Sec. 3177.10(i)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Commence the Within 30 days.
required routine
inspection and
recordkeeping.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(j) Prior to pit abandonment and reclamation, the operator shall
submit a Sundry Notice for approval by the authorized officer, if not
previously approved.
Table 10 to Sec. 3177.10(j)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor....................... Cease operations and Within 10 days.
file an application.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(k) When change in the quantity and/or quality of the water
disposed into an unlined pit causes the pit no longer to meet the
unlined pit criteria listed under Sec. 3177.8(b)(1), the operator
shall submit a Sundry Notice amending the pit design for approval by
the authorized officer.
Table 11 to Sec. 3177.10(k)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor unless the resulting Submit the required As specified by the
damage is Major. amendment; shut-in authorized officer.
operations if
damage is
determined by the
authorized officer
to be Major.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3177.11 Other disposal methods.
(a) The person applying to use the surface discharge disposal
method under an NPDES permit shall furnish a copy of the NPDES permit
issued by the EPA or the primacy State, a current water quality
analysis, and a Sundry Notice, Form 3160-5, describing site facilities
(e.g., retention ponds, skimmer pits and equipment, tanks, and any
additional surface disturbance). Operations from the point of origin to
the point of discharge are under the jurisdiction of the BLM.
Operations from the point of discharge downstream are under the
jurisdiction of the EPA or the primacy State.
(b) Use of existing commercial pits designed for containment of
produced water or tanks in lieu of pits.
(c) New technology or any other proposal meeting the objective of
this subpart that the authorized officer deems acceptable and that
meets the requirements of State and Federal laws and regulations.
Sec. 3177.12 Reporting requirements for disposal facilities.
All unauthorized discharge or spills from disposal facilities on
Federal/Indian leases shall be reported to the authorized officer in
accordance with the provisions of NTL-3A.
Table 1 to Sec. 3177.12
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal abatement
Violation Corrective action period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor unless resulting Submit the required As specified by the
damage is major. report. authorized officer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 3177.13 Variances from requirements or minimum standards.
An operator may request that the authorized officer approve a
variance from any of the requirements or minimum standards prescribed
in Sec. Sec. 3177.5 through 3177.12. All such requests shall be
submitted in writing to the appropriate authorized officer and provide
information as to the circumstances that warrant approval of the
variance(s) requested and the proposed alternative means by which the
requirements or related minimum standard(s) will be satisfied. The
authorized officer, after considering all relevant factors, will
approve the requested variance(s) if it is determined that the proposed
alterative(s) meet or exceed the objectives of the applicable minimum
standard(s); or if the authorized officer determines that the exemption
of the requirement is justified. Variances granted by BLM under this
section shall be limited to proposals and requirements under BLM
statutory and/or regulatory authority only, and shall not be construed
as granting variances to regulations under EPA, State, or Tribal
authority.
Appendix A to Subpart 3177--Examples of Acceptable Designs and
Construction
BILLING CODE 4331-29-P
Figure 1 to Appendix A to Subpart 3177--Construction of Fences and
Corner Posts
[[Page 39562]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.004
[[Page 39563]]
Figure 2 to Appendix A to Subpart 3177--Concrete, Asphalt, and
Bentonite/Clay Liners
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.005
[[Page 39564]]
Figure 3 to Appendix A to Subpart 3177--Flexible Liners
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.006
[[Page 39565]]
Figure 4 to Appendix A to Subpart 3177--Leak Detection System for a
Lined Pit Constructed in Relatively Impermeable Soils
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.007
[[Page 39566]]
Figure 5 to Appendix A to Subpart 3177--Leak Detection System for a
Lined Pit Constructed in Permeable Soils
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16JN23.008
[FR Doc. 2023-11742 Filed 6-15-23; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4331-29-C